WO2017045180A1 - Method, apparatus and system for transmitting control information - Google Patents
Method, apparatus and system for transmitting control information Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017045180A1 WO2017045180A1 PCT/CN2015/089813 CN2015089813W WO2017045180A1 WO 2017045180 A1 WO2017045180 A1 WO 2017045180A1 CN 2015089813 W CN2015089813 W CN 2015089813W WO 2017045180 A1 WO2017045180 A1 WO 2017045180A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- dci
- mcs
- pdsch
- transport block
- resource block
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method, an apparatus, and a system for transmitting control information.
- Single-cell point-to-multipoint (SC-PTM) transmission refers to transmitting multicast data on a Physical Downlink Share Channel (PDSCH).
- the network device sends downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) carried on the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) to a group of user equipments (UEs) in a cell.
- DCI Downlink Control Information
- UEs user equipments
- the group of UEs receives the multicast data carried by the multicast PDSCH according to the scheduling information included in the DCI (different from the PDSCH carrying the unicast data, and the PDSCH carrying the multicast data is called the multicast PDSCH).
- the PDCCH is a combination of L Control Channel Elements (CCEs), and L is a positive integer called Aggregation Level (AL).
- the search space is a candidate PDCCH (PDCCH candidate) set. The terminal device needs to monitor each candidate PDCCH, so the search space is also the PDCCH set monitored by the terminal device.
- Each aggregation level corresponds to one search space.
- the search space includes two types: Common Search Space (CSS) and UE Specific Search Space (UESS).
- the CSS is a search space that multiple UEs in the cell have to listen to
- the UESS is a search space that a specific UE needs to monitor in the cell.
- the network equipment can be configured with three downlink transmission modes: Single-antenna port (port 0), Transmit diversity, and Large delay Cyclic Delay Diversity (Large). Delay CDD).
- network devices can configure DCI formats as DCI Format 1A and DCI Format 1.
- DCI Format 1A is used for continuous resource block (RB)
- RB resource block
- the DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A are used for non-contiguous RB allocation. Since the DCI indicating the SC-PTM transmission is configured to a group of terminal devices, the DCI can only be carried by using the PDCCH located in the CSS.
- the PDCCH carrying DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A cannot be located in the CSS and can only be located in the UESS. Therefore, for SC-PTM transmission, the network device cannot configure DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A, and thus the network device cannot configure large delay cyclic delay diversity, and cannot configure non-contiguous resource block allocation.
- the embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a system for transmitting control information, which can adopt a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode in SC-PTM transmission.
- a first aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting control information, including:
- the network device configures a DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource.
- Block allocation method
- the network device sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device.
- the DCI includes an MCS domain, where the MCS domain is used to indicate an MCS used by two transport blocks, and the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
- the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where:
- the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block, where the information bits of the two MCS domains are the same;
- the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block
- the MCS adopted by the second transport block is The value of the first MCS field is added to the value of the second MCS field, and the number of information bits of the second MCS field is less than the number of information bits of the first MCS field.
- the network device before the network device sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device, :
- the network device configures a mapping of a transport block to a codeword according to a preset mapping relationship
- the preset mapping relationship is:
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0;
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
- the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field, and the transport block to code
- the word exchange identifier field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword.
- the network device before the network device configures the DCI, the network device further includes:
- the transmission scheme of the network device configuring the PDSCH is a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the PDSCH transmission is configured to adopt two transmit antennas.
- the DCI includes a precoding information field, and the precoding information domain Used to indicate the number of layers.
- the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier domain
- the transmission scheme used to identify the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block allocation domain
- the network device before the network device configures the DCI, the network device further includes:
- the network device configuring the DCI includes:
- the network device configuring the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block indicated by the resource block allocation domain is located within the available transmission bandwidth.
- the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field, and the resource allocation manner identifier The domain is used to identify that the resource allocation mode is a continuous resource block allocation or a non-contiguous resource block allocation.
- the DCI is located in a CSS or a GSS;
- the method further includes:
- the network device is configured with a CSS and/or a GSS, where the CSS is composed of the first 16 control channel units CCEs in the downlink control region, and the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region.
- N is a positive integer greater than one.
- the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, and the number of CCEs included in the GSS is:
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
- the GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the number of the CCE included in the GSS is
- the configuring, by the network device, the CSS and/or the GSS includes:
- a second aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting control information, including:
- the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A;
- the terminal device acquires scheduling information for PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner;
- the terminal device receives the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information.
- the DCI includes an MCS domain
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the terminal device determines that the MCS used by the two transport blocks is the value of the MCS domain, where the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
- the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the terminal device Determining, by the terminal device, that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the second transport block is a value of the second MCS domain;
- the terminal device determines that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the second transport block is the value of the first MCS domain and the second MCS domain.
- the sum of the values of the second MCS field is smaller than the number of information bits of the first MCS domain.
- the terminal device receives, according to the scheduling information, the network device sends Before the PDSCH, the method further includes:
- the preset mapping relationship is:
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0;
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
- the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the terminal device determines a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword according to the transport block to the codeword exchange identifier field.
- the terminal device receives, according to the scheduling information, the network device sends Before the PDSCH, the method further includes:
- the terminal device determines that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and determines that the PDSCH transmission uses two transmit antennas.
- the DCI includes a precoding information field
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the terminal device determines the number of layers according to the precoding information field.
- the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the terminal device Determining, by the terminal device, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large according to the transmission scheme identifier field Delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block allocation domain Including a bitmap
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain
- the method further includes:
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field
- the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI including:
- the terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation manner identifier field, that the resource allocation manner is a continuous resource block allocation or a discontinuous resource block allocation.
- the receiving, by the terminal device, the DCI sent by the network device includes:
- the terminal device determines a search space, where the search space is CSS and/or GSS, and the CSS is composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and the GSS is other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region.
- N CCE components, N is a positive integer greater than 1;
- the terminal device acquires the DCI in the search space.
- the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, and the number of the CCEs included in the GSS is:
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
- the GSS is determined according to G-NRT1, and the number of CCEs included in the GSS is
- the determining, by the terminal device, the search space includes:
- a third aspect of the present invention provides a device for transmitting control information, including:
- a configuration unit configured to configure a DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule a PDSCH transmission, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or Non-contiguous resource block allocation method;
- a sending unit configured to send the DCI to at least one terminal device
- the sending unit is further configured to send the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device.
- the DCI includes an MCS domain, where the MCS domain is used to indicate an MCS used by two transport blocks, and the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
- the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where:
- the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block, the number of information bits of the first MCS domain, and the The number of information bits of the second MCS domain is the same;
- the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block
- the MCS adopted by the second transport block is The value of the first MCS field is added to the value of the second MCS field, and the number of information bits of the second MCS field is less than the number of information bits of the first MCS field.
- the configuration unit is further configured to send, by the sending unit, the at least one terminal Before the device sends the PDSCH, the mapping of the transport block to the codeword is configured according to a preset mapping relationship;
- the preset mapping relationship is:
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0;
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
- the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field, and the transport block to code
- the word exchange identifier field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword.
- the configuration unit is further configured to: before configuring the DCI,
- the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is configured as a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the PDSCH transmission is configured to use two transmit antennas.
- the DCI includes a precoding information field, and the precoding information domain Used to indicate the number of layers.
- the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier domain
- the transmission scheme used to identify the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block allocation domain
- the device further includes:
- a determining unit configured to determine an available transmission bandwidth, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than a downlink system bandwidth, before the configuration unit configures the DCI;
- the configuration unit is configured to configure the DCI to include a resource block allocation domain, where the resource block indicated by the resource block allocation domain is located in the available transmission bandwidth.
- the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field, where the resource allocator The identifier field is used to identify that the resource allocation mode is a continuous resource block allocation or a non-contiguous resource block allocation.
- the DCI is located in the CSS or the GSS;
- the configuration unit is further configured to configure CSS and/or GSS before the sending unit sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device, where the CSS is composed of the first 16 control channel units CCE in the downlink control region,
- the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the thirteenth possible combination of the third aspect is an implementation manner.
- the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, and the number of CCEs included in the GSS is:
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
- the thirteenth possible combination of the third aspect is an implementation manner.
- the GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the CGS includes the CCE. No;
- a fourth aspect of the present invention provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a transmitter, wherein the memory stores a set of program codes, and the processor invokes the The program code stored in the memory is configured to: configure a DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule a PDSCH transmission, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission is large. Extended cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or discontinuous resource block allocation mode;
- a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a device for transmitting control information, including:
- a receiving unit configured to receive a DCI sent by the network device, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A;
- An acquiring unit configured to acquire scheduling information for PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner;
- the receiving unit is further configured to receive, according to the scheduling information, the PDSCH sent by the network device.
- the DCI includes an MCS domain
- the acquiring unit is configured to determine that the MCS used by the two transport blocks is the value of the MCS domain, where the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
- the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain
- the acquiring unit is configured to determine that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the second transport block is a value of the second MCS domain; or
- the terminal device determines that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the second transport block is the value of the first MCS domain and the second MCS domain.
- the sum of the values of the second MCS field is smaller than the number of information bits of the first MCS domain.
- the apparatus further includes:
- a determining unit configured to determine, according to a preset mapping relationship, a mapping of a transport block to a codeword before the receiving unit receives the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information;
- the preset mapping relationship is:
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0;
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
- the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field
- the acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the transport block to the codeword exchange identifier field, a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword.
- the device further includes:
- a determining unit configured to determine, by the receiving unit, that the PDSCH transmission scheme is a large delay cyclic delay diversity before receiving the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information, and determining that the PDSCH transmission adopts two Transmitting antenna.
- the DCI includes a precoding information field
- the acquiring unit is configured to determine a layer number according to the precoding information field.
- the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field
- the acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the transmission scheme identifier field, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is a large delay cyclic delay diversity or a transmit diversity.
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block allocation domain Including a bitmap
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain
- the device also includes:
- a determining unit configured to determine an available transmission bandwidth, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than a downlink system bandwidth, before the acquiring unit acquires scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI;
- the acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the resource block allocation domain, the allocated at least one resource block, where the allocated at least one resource block is located in the available transmission bandwidth.
- the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field
- the acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation manner identifier field, that the resource allocation manner is a continuous resource block allocation or a discontinuous resource block allocation.
- the receiving unit is configured to determine a search space
- the search space is CSS and/or GSS
- the CSS is composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region
- the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and N is greater than 1.
- the receiving unit is further configured to acquire the DCI in the search space.
- the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, and the number of CCEs included in the GSS is:
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
- the GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the number of the CCE included in the GSS is for;
- a sixth aspect of the present invention provides a terminal device, including a processor, a memory, and a receiver, wherein the memory stores a set of program codes, and the processor calls program code stored in the memory for execution The following operations: receiving, by the receiver, a DCI sent by a network device, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A;
- a seventh aspect of the present invention provides a transmission system for control information, comprising: a transmission device for control information according to the third aspect; and a transmission device for control information according to the fifth aspect.
- the network device configures the DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH transmission, the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or non- Continuing resource block allocation mode, sending DCI to at least one terminal device, and transmitting PDSCH to at least one terminal device, which can be adopted in SC-PTM transmission Use large delay loop delay diversity transmission mode or discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a first embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a second embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting control information according to a first embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting control information according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a transmission system for controlling information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the network device can be configured with three downlink transmission modes: single antenna port, transmit diversity, and large delay cyclic delay diversity.
- the LTE system is used as an example.
- the terminal device Before receiving the downlink data, the terminal device needs to obtain the scheduling information, such as the time-frequency resource allocation mode or the modulation and coding mode, configured by the network device, where the scheduling information is located in the DCI.
- the scheduling information such as the time-frequency resource allocation mode or the modulation and coding mode, configured by the network device, where the scheduling information is located in the DCI.
- the current DCI includes three formats: DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 and DCI format 2A. Among them, DCI format 1A is used for compact scheduling of a PDSCH codeword.
- the "one PDSCH codeword” indicates that the DCI format 1A is used for the single antenna port and the transmit diversity, and the “compact scheduling” indicates that the resource allocation mode adopted by the DCI format 1A is the resource allocation mode 2.
- DCI format 1 is used for single antenna port or transmit diversity.
- the resource allocation mode is resource allocation mode 0 or 1.
- the DCI format 2A is used for large-latency cyclic delay diversity, and the resource allocation mode adopted is resource allocation mode 0 or 1.
- the current resource allocation method includes: resource allocation mode 0, 1, or 2.
- the resource block allocation information indicates the allocated localized virtual resource RB (LVRB), and the allocated LVRB belongs to one RBG subset, and the one RBG subset is one of the P RBG subsets.
- the resource block allocation information indicates a continuous resource block allocation, and the resource block may be an LVRB or a distributed virtual resource block (DVRB).
- DCI Format 1A can be used to indicate continuous resource block allocation
- DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A can be used to indicate non-contiguous resource block allocation. Since the DCI for the SC-PTM transmission is configured for a group of terminal devices, the DCI can only be carried by using the PDCCH located in the CSS.
- the PDCCH carrying DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A cannot be located in the CSS and can only be located in the UESS. Therefore, for SC-PTM transmission, the network device cannot configure DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A, then the network device cannot configure large delay cyclic delay diversity, nor can it configure non-contiguous resource block allocation.
- the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting control information.
- the network device configures DCI, where the DCI is used for scheduling PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission uses a large delay loop.
- Delay diversity transmission mode and/or non-contiguous resources In the block allocation mode, the DCI is sent to the at least one terminal device, and then the PDSCH is sent to the at least one terminal device, and the large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or the discontinuous resource block allocation mode may be adopted in the SC-PTM transmission.
- GSM Global System of Mobile communication
- Code Division Multiple Access Code Division Multiple Access
- CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
- WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
- GPRS General Packet Radio Service
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- FDD Frequency Division Duplex
- TDD Time Division Duplex
- UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
- WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
- the network device may be a base station, and further, the base station may be a base station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA. It may also be an evolved base station (eNB) in LTE, which is not specifically limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
- the terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present invention may include a handheld device having a wireless communication function, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a computing device, or other processing device connected to the wireless modem, and various forms of user equipment (User Equipment, UE), mobile station (MS), terminal, etc.
- UE User Equipment
- MS mobile station
- terminal devices For convenience of description, the subsequent embodiments of the present invention are collectively referred to as terminal devices.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
- the method for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
- the network device configures DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
- the network device can configure the DCI.
- the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
- the network device can configure the DCI.
- the DCI is used for scheduling PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1C, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
- DCI format 1C is used for very tight scheduling of a PDSCH codeword.
- the network device can configure the DCI.
- the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C.
- the PDSCH transmission uses a closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme and/or a non-contiguous resource. Block allocation method. For convenience of description, embodiments involving a large delay cyclic delay diversity scheme can be used for closed loop space division multiplexing unless otherwise specified.
- the large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode adopted by the PDSCH transmission may include a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme and/or a transmit diversity transmission scheme.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C, which can prevent the terminal device from increasing the number of PDCCH blind detections in the CSS.
- the DCI may still be referred to as DCI format 1A, or as another DCI format, such as DCI format 1M.
- the network device redefines the meaning of the information bits contained in DCI format 1A, so that the information bits included in the redefined DCI format 1A are information bits of the DCI, which can be used to indicate large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission and/or non- Continuous resource block allocation.
- the information bits that are redefined may be useful information bits or useless information bits.
- the terminal device For the SC-PTM transmission, if the retransmission is not supported, the terminal device does not need to report to the network device whether the PDSCH is correctly received, that is, the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) feedback information is not required to be reported. Therefore, the information fields related to the HARQ feedback are useless, such as: HARQ process number, New data indicator (NDI), Redundancy version (RV), for PUCCH. TPC command for PUCCH, Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) (only exists in TDD systems). In addition, since DCI format 0 indicates uplink scheduling information and SC-PTM transmission is downlink transmission, the flag for distinguishing between format 0 and format 1A (Flag for format0/format1A differentiation) is also useless.
- HARQ process number New data indicator (NDI), Redundancy version (RV), for PUCCH.
- NDI New data indicator
- RV Redundancy version
- TPC command for PUCCH Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) (only exists in TDD systems
- At least 9 bits are redundant in an FDD system; at least 11 bits are redundant in a TDD system.
- the DCI still needs to include at least one information field of the HARQ process ID (which may be 1, 2, 3 or 4 bits), NDI, and RV.
- Embodiments of the present invention may utilize these redundant information bits to indicate information required for a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a non-contiguous resource block allocation.
- the DCI may still be referred to as DCI format 1C, or as another DCI format, such as DCI format 1M. Since DCI format 1C contains a small number of information bits, there is usually no useless information bits. The network device needs to pre-set some rules or redefine the useful information bits so that the DCI can be used to indicate large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission and/or non-contiguous resource block allocation.
- the large delay cyclic delay diversity supports 2 transport blocks (TB), ie 2 code words. Therefore, in order to indicate that the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode, the DCI needs to include an information field for indicating a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) corresponding to two transport blocks.
- MCS modulation and coding scheme
- the DCI may include an MCS field that is used to indicate the MCS employed by the two transport blocks, where the two transport blocks use the same MCS.
- the number of information bits of the MCS domain may be 5 bits, that is, the payload size of the MCS domain is 5 bits.
- the DCI format 2A includes two MCS domains, and the number of information bits of each MCS domain is 5 bits, and the total number of information bits of all MCS domains is 10 bits.
- the number of information bits of the MCS domain included in the DCI is Less than the number of information bits of the MCS domain included in the DCI format 2A, the DCI overhead can be saved. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C.
- the DCI may include two MCS domains, where the two MCS domains are a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where the first MCS domain is used to indicate that the transport block 1 (ie, the first transport block) is used.
- MCS MCS
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2 (ie, the second transport block)
- the number of information bits of the first MCS domain is the same as the number of information bits of the second MCS domain, for example, 5 bits, 4 bits, 3 bits or 2 bits, etc. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
- the DCI may include two MCS domains, where the two MCS domains are the first MCS domain and the second MCS domain, respectively, wherein the information bits of the second MCS domain are smaller than the information ratio of the first MCS domain.
- Special number For example, when the number of information bits of the first MCS domain is 5, the number of information bits of the second MCS domain may be 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2.
- the MCS used by the transport block 2 is determined by the value of the first MCS field.
- the values of the second MCS field are added together.
- the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1
- the MCS used by the transport block 1 is determined by the value of the first MCS domain.
- the value of the first MCS field is 5 and the value of the second MCS field is 2
- it can be known that the MCS used by the transport block 1 is 5, and the MCS used by the transport block 2 is 7.
- the embodiment of the present invention can save the DCI overhead. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
- the mapping of the transport block to the codeword may be configured according to a preset mapping relationship.
- the preset mapping relationship may be: when the PDSCH is transmitted by using two transport blocks, the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 1, or the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword. 1.
- the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0.
- the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0.
- the network device does not need to configure the DCI including the transport block to codeword swap flag domain, which can save DCI overhead.
- This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C.
- the DCI may include a transport block to codeword exchange identification field, wherein the transport block to codeword exchange identification field is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword.
- the number of information bits in this field is 1. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
- the mapping relationship of the transport block to the codeword can be as shown in Table 1:
- transport block 1 corresponds to codeword 0 and transport block 2 corresponds to codeword 1.
- transport block 2 corresponds to codeword 0 and transport block 1 corresponds to codeword 1.
- mapping relationship of the transport block to the codeword can be as shown in Table 2:
- Transport block 1 Transport block 2 Code word 0 Code word 1 use Do not use Transport block 1 - Do not use Transport block 2 -
- the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0.
- the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0.
- the transmission scheme of the PDSCH may be configured as a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the PDSCH transmission is configured to adopt two transmit antennas.
- the network device does not need to configure the DCI to include a precoding information (Precoding Information) field, and the embodiment of the present invention can save the DCI overhead.
- This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C.
- the DCI may include a precoding information field.
- the precoding information field is used to indicate the number of layers.
- the network device does not need to configure the DCI to include the precoding information domain.
- the network device configuration DCI includes a precoding information field having the information bit number 2. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI and the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A are the same.
- the DCI may include a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier field is used to identify the PDSCH.
- the transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the number of information bits of the transmission scheme identification field is 1.
- the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme; when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 0, The PDSCH employs a transmit diversity transmission scheme.
- the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme; when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 1, the PDSCH adopts a transmit diversity transmission scheme.
- This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C.
- transport block 1 is used when the transmission scheme identification field indicates that the PDSCH employs a transmit diversity transmission scheme.
- the transmission scheme identification field indicates that the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity scheme, both the transport block 1 and the transport block 2 are used.
- the network device configuration DCI includes one MCS domain
- the MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the two transport blocks
- the network device may configure the DCI to include the transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme The identification scheme is used to identify the transmission scheme of the PDSCH as large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the network device configuration DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where the first MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1, and the second MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2,
- the network device may configure the DCI to include a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier field is used to identify the transmission scheme of the PDSCH as a large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmission. separation.
- the network device may define an identification field used to distinguish between DCI format 0 and DCI format 1A when transmitting unicast PDSCH as a transmission scheme identification field used to distinguish between large delay cyclic delay diversity and transmit diversity during multicast PDSCH transmission.
- the PDSCH transmission when the network device configures the PDSCH transmission to employ a transmit diversity transmission scheme, the PDSCH transmission can be configured to employ one codeword.
- the network device configures PDSCH transmission to use large delay cyclic delay diversity it can be configured to use two codewords for PDSCH transmission. That is, when the DCI configured by the network device indicates that the PDSCH transmission adopts one codeword or one transport block, it can be known that the PDSCH transmission adopts a transmit diversity transmission scheme; when the DCI configured by the network device indicates that the PDSCH transmission adopts two codewords or two When transporting blocks, it can be known that PDSCH transmission uses large delay cyclic delay diversity.
- the network device when the network device is configured with four transmit antennas, not only the DCI needs to be configured to indicate that the PDSCH transmission adopts one codeword, but also the precoding information field needs to be configured to indicate that the PDSCH transmission adopts a transmit diversity transmission scheme.
- the network device configuration DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where the first The MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1.
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2
- the transport block 1 is not Use, when the value of the second MCS field is 29, 30 or 31, the transport block 2 is not used.
- This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI and the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C are the same.
- the network device may configure the DCI such that the DCI may indicate that the PDSCH transmission is in a discontinuous resource block allocation manner. Because DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C includes a limited number of information bits, the DCI configured by the network device cannot directly adopt resource allocation modes 0 and 1.
- the DCI of the network device configuration may include a resource block allocation domain, the resource block allocation domain includes a bitmap, the bitmap is used to indicate the allocated at least one RBG, and one RBG is composed of Q consecutive LVRBs, where Q is greater than P.
- the integer, P 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- the number of information bits of the resource block allocation domain may be: among them, For downstream system bandwidth.
- the value of P can be as shown in Table 3:
- the value of P is 1; when the downlink system bandwidth is greater than or equal to 11 RBs and less than or equal to 26 RBs, the value of P is 2; when the downlink system bandwidth is greater than or When the value is equal to 27 RB and less than or equal to 63 RB, the value of P is 3. When the downlink system bandwidth is greater than or equal to 64 RB and less than or equal to 110 RB, the value of P is 4.
- the DCI of the network device configuration may include a resource block allocation field, where the resource block allocation field is used to indicate one or more allocated LVRBs, and the one or more LVRBs are located in one RBG subset, and the one RBG subset is Q.
- the resource block allocation field is used to indicate one or more allocated LVRBs, and the one or more LVRBs are located in one RBG subset, and the one RBG subset is Q.
- the number of information bits of the resource block allocation domain may be: Exemplarily, the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
- the resource block allocation field indicates that one RBG is allocated
- the PDSCH transmission can still be regarded as using the discontinuous resource block. Allocation.
- the DCI of the network device configuration may include a resource block allocation domain, where the resource block allocation domain is used to indicate two resource block sets, each resource block set includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs.
- P is a positive integer.
- P 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- the number of information bits of the resource block allocation field can be: Exemplarily, the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
- the available transmission bandwidth may be determined, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than the downlink system bandwidth, and then the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block indicated by the resource block allocation domain is located in the available transmission bandwidth.
- the number of information bits of the resource block allocation domain may be: among them, To determine the available transmission bandwidth.
- the number of information bits of the resource block allocation domain may be: among them, To determine the available transmission bandwidth.
- the available transmission bandwidth of the SC-PTM transmission may be configured.
- the network device may send the first signaling to the at least one terminal device, the first signaling including information indicating an available transmission bandwidth of the SC-PTM transmission, the first signaling being high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- High Layer Signaling is signaling from a higher layer and with a slower transmission frequency, such as radio resource control (Radio Resource). Control, RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) signaling.
- Radio Resource Radio Resource
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- MAC Media Access Control
- the DCI configured by the network device may include a resource allocation mode identifier field, and the resource allocation mode identifier field is used to identify the resource allocation mode as a continuous resource block allocation or non- Continuous resource block allocation.
- the number of information bits of the resource allocation mode identifier field is 1.
- a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) may be generated, and the CRC is scrambled by using a Group Radio Network Temporary Identifier (G-RNTI).
- G-RNTI Group Radio Network Temporary Identifier
- the CRC is used for error detection of the DCI.
- the G-RNTI may be configured, and the second signaling is sent to the at least one terminal device, where the second signaling includes information indicating the G-RNTI, where the The second signaling is high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the downlink transmission mode may be configured before the network device configures the DCI.
- the network device can configure different downlink transmission modes.
- the network device configures the multicast downlink mode and the unicast PDSCH transmission to adopt the same downlink transmission mode.
- the network device configures the multicast transmission mode and the unicast PDSCH transmission to use the same transmission mode 3.
- the network device may send third signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the third signaling includes information for indicating a downlink transmission mode.
- the third signaling may be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the downlink transmission mode can be as shown in Table 4:
- Downlink transmission mode PDSCH transmission scheme Transmission mode 1 Single antenna port, port 0 Transmission mode 2 Transmit diversity Transmission mode 3 Large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity
- the PDSCH transmission scheme When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1 (ie, the single antenna port transmission mode), the PDSCH transmission scheme may be a single antenna port; when the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 (ie, the transmit diversity transmission mode), the PDSCH transmission scheme may be a transmission. Diversity; when the downlink transmission mode is transmission mode 3 (ie, large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode), the PDSCH transmission scheme may be a large delay cyclic delay. Diversity or transmit diversity.
- the network device determines the downlink transmission mode according to the number of physical broadcast channel (PBCH) antenna ports.
- PBCH physical broadcast channel
- the network device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3.
- the network device may send signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3.
- the signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the network device determines the transmission scheme according to the number of PBCH antenna ports.
- the network device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is single antenna port transmission; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the network device may send signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the network device sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device.
- the network device can transmit the configured DCI to at least one terminal device.
- the DCI carried by the PDCCH may be sent to the at least one terminal device, where the PDCCH may be a PDCCH defined by the version (Rel)-8 or an enhanced physical downlink control channel defined by the Rel-11. (Enhanced Physical Downlink Control CHannnel, ePDCCH), which may also be a future evolved PDCCH, which is not specifically limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
- the DCI can be located in the CSS. This eliminates the need to add new search space and thus does not increase the number of blind detections of the terminal device.
- the DCI may be located in a CSS or a Group Search Space (GSS).
- GSS Group Search Space
- the search space may be configured before the network device sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device.
- a network device can configure CSS.
- CSS is a CSS defined by the traditional LTE system.
- the network device may be configured to be composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and include four candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 and two candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 8. Since the search space is a candidate PDCCH set, the PDCCH is aggregated by the CCE. Therefore, to determine the search space with the aggregation level of L, it is necessary to determine the constituent search space.
- CCE where k is the current subframe number. Specifically, the number of the CCE constituting the CSS may be:
- N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs on subframe k.
- the downlink control area includes N CCk CCEs, which are sequentially numbered from 0 to N CCk -1, wherein each CCE has a number that identifies its position in the downlink control area, and it should be noted that the number may also be called For serial numbers, indexes, etc.
- the network device may be configured with a GSS, where the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- Candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 A candidate PDCCH with a CCE aggregation level of 8.
- the network device is configured to continuously distribute GSS and CSS.
- the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L.
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L.
- N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs in subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
- the network device configures the GSS and the CSS to be discontinuously distributed.
- the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
- n is a positive integer.
- the network device determines the GSS according to the G-RNTI.
- the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
- Y k (A ⁇ Y k-1 )mod D
- Y -1 n RNTI ⁇ 0
- A 39827
- D 65537
- n s is the slot number of one radio frame
- n RNTI is the G-RNTI value.
- Y -1 F(n RNTI , n) ⁇
- F(k) represents a certain function.
- L is 4 or 8.
- the terminal device needs to monitor the CSS, the UESS, and the GSS, and the number of blind detections on the PDCCH is increased.
- the network device may configure a first subframe set and configure GSS on the first subframe set.
- n f denotes a system frame number SFN
- n sbf denotes a subframe number
- n OFFSET denotes an offset subframe number.
- the first subframe set includes multiple downlink subframes/special subframes in one allocation period.
- the network device does not configure the UESS of the terminal device on the first subframe set, that is, the terminal device only needs to be on the non-first subframe set.
- the subframe detects the UESS.
- the embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
- the network device can be configured with sUESS, where sUESS is smaller than UESS.
- sUESS is smaller than UESS.
- the terminal device For a terminal device that needs to receive multicast data carried on the PDSCH, the terminal device only needs to detect the sUESS, and does not need to detect the UESS.
- the embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
- the network device sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device.
- the PDSCH may be sent to each of the foregoing terminal devices.
- the network device may send data that is carried on the PDSCH to at least one terminal device.
- the data carried on the PDSCH is multicast data, and the PDSCH may be referred to as a multicast PDSCH.
- the data carried in the PDSCH may be multicast data, broadcast data, or unicast data, etc., and is not specifically limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
- the network device configures DCI, where DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, the number of information bits of DCI is the same as the number of information bits of DCI format 1A, and PDSCH transmission uses large delay cyclic delay diversity.
- a transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner transmitting DCI to at least one terminal device, transmitting a PDSCH to at least one terminal device, and adopting a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation in the SC-PTM transmission the way.
- FIG. 2 is a method for transmitting control information according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
- the flow of the control information in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
- the network device configures the DCI, and determines a search space, where the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission.
- the network device configures the DCI and determines that the search space has no clear timing relationship, and the two can be executed simultaneously, or the DCI is first configured to determine the search space, or the search space is first configured to reconfigure the DCI.
- the network device configures the DCI.
- the format of the DCI may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A.
- the DCI configured by the network device may be DCI format 1A or DCI format 1.
- the DCI configured by the network device may be DCI format 1A or DCI format 2A.
- the network device configures the DCI.
- the format of the DCI may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C, DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A.
- the DCI configured by the network device may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C, or DCI format 1.
- the DCI configured by the network device may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C or DCI format 2A.
- the network device determines a search space, where the search space is a search space that carries the DCI, that is, the DCI is located in the search space.
- the search space is CSS and/or GSS.
- CSS is a CSS defined by the traditional LTE system.
- the network device may be configured to be composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and include four candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 and two candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 8. Since the search space is a candidate PDCCH set, the PDCCH is aggregated by the CCE. Therefore, to determine the search space with the aggregation level of L, it is necessary to determine the constituent search space.
- CCE where k is the current subframe number. Specifically, the number of the CCE constituting the CSS may be:
- N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs on subframe k.
- the network device may configure a group search space (GSS), where the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- GSS group search space
- N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- Candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 A candidate PDCCH with a CCE aggregation level of 8.
- the network device configures the GSS and CSS to be continuously distributed.
- the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L.
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L.
- N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs in subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
- the network device configures the GSS and CSS to be non-continuously distributed.
- the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
- n is a positive integer.
- the network device determines the GSS based on the G-RNTI.
- the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
- Y k (A ⁇ Y k-1 )mod D
- Y -1 n RNTI ⁇ 0
- A 39827
- D 65537
- n s is the slot number of one radio frame
- n RNTI is the G-RNTI value.
- Y -1 F(n RNTI , n) ⁇
- F(k) represents a certain function.
- L is 4 or 8.
- the terminal device after the network device configures the GSS, the terminal device needs to monitor the CSS, UESS, and GSS, and the number of blind detections for the PDCCH is increased.
- the network device may configure a first subframe set and configure GSS on the first subframe set.
- n f denotes a system frame number SFN
- n sbf denotes a subframe number
- n OFFSET denotes an offset subframe number.
- the first subframe set includes multiple downlink subframes/special subframes in one allocation period.
- the network device does not configure the UESS of the terminal device on the first subframe set, that is, the terminal device only needs to be in the non-first subframe.
- the subframe on the set detects the UESS.
- the embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
- the network device can configure sUESS, where sUESS is less than UESS.
- sUESS is less than UESS.
- the terminal device For a terminal device that needs to receive multicast data carried on the PDSCH, the terminal device only needs to detect the sUESS, and does not need to detect the UESS.
- the embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
- the network device may configure the DCI and determine the search space according to the first relationship, the first relationship being a relationship between the search space, the DCI, and the PDSCH transmission scheme.
- the first relationship may include: when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1A, the search space is CSS and GSS; when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 5. In this way, the network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 5.
- the first relationship may include: when the DCI is DCI format 1A, the search space is CSS; when the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. Compared with the foregoing manner of determining the search space, the number of blind detections of the PDCCH in the embodiment of the present invention is small.
- the first relationship may be as shown in Table 6. The network device configures the DCI according to Table 6 and determines the search space. between.
- the first relationship may include: when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS and GSS; when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. .
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 7. In this way, the network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 7.
- the first relationship may include: when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS; when the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 8. In this way, the network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 8.
- the first relationship includes: for the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1, the search space is CSS; for the transmission mode 3, when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 2A When the search space is CSS.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 9. In this way, the net The network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 9.
- the first relationship may include: for the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, when the DCI is DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS; for the transmission mode 3, when the DCI is DCI In format 1A, DCI format 2A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 10. In this way, the network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 10.
- a CRC may be generated and the CRC is scrambled with a G-RNTI for error detection of the DCI.
- the G-RNTI may be configured, and the second signaling is sent to the at least one terminal device, where the second signaling includes information indicating the G-RNTI, where the The second signaling is high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the downlink transmission mode may be configured before the network device configures the DCI.
- the network device can configure different downlink transmission modes.
- the network device configures the multicast downlink mode and the unicast PDSCH transmission to adopt the same downlink transmission mode.
- the network device configures the multicast transmission mode and the unicast PDSCH transmission to use the same transmission mode 3.
- the network device may send third signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the third signaling includes information for indicating a downlink transmission mode.
- the third signaling may be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the downlink transmission mode can be as shown in Table 4 above.
- the network device determines the downlink transmission mode according to the number of physical broadcast channel antenna ports.
- the network device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3.
- the network device may send signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3.
- the signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the network device determines the transmission scheme according to the number of PBCH antenna ports.
- the network device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is single antenna port transmission; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the network device may send signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the network device sends a DCI to the at least one terminal device, where the PDCCH carrying the DCI is one candidate PDCCH in the determined search space.
- the network device sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device.
- the network device configures the DCI, and determines a search space, and sends a PDCCH carrying DCI to at least one terminal device, where the PDCCH is a candidate PDCCH in the determined search space, and further A terminal device sends a PDSCH.
- a GSS is newly defined for DCI or DCS with a bearer format of DCI format 2A or DCI format 1
- DCI can be used to carry DCI format 2A or DCI format 1, so large delay can be used in SC-PTM transmission. Cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
- the method for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
- the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
- the terminal device can receive the DCI sent by the network device, and the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
- the number of information bits of the DCI may be the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1C, and the DCI format 1C is used for very tight scheduling of a PDSCH codeword.
- the number of information bits of the DCI may be the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a closed loop space division multiplexing scheme and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C, which can prevent the terminal device from increasing the number of PDCCH blind detections in the CSS.
- the DCI can be located in the CSS. This eliminates the need to add new search space and thus does not increase the number of blind detections of the terminal device.
- the DCI can be located in CSS or GSS.
- the terminal device may determine a search space, where the search space is CSS and/or GSS.
- the CSS is composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and includes four candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 and two candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 8. Further, since the search space is a candidate PDCCH set, and the PDCCH is aggregated by the CCE, to determine the search space with the aggregation level L, it is necessary to determine the constituent search space.
- CCE where k is the current subframe number. Specifically, the terminal device may determine that the number of the CCE constituting the CSS may be:
- N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs on subframe k.
- the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the GSS can comprise Candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4
- the terminal device may determine that the number of the CCE included in the GSS may be:
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
- the GSS and CSS are non-continuously distributed.
- the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
- n is a positive integer.
- the terminal device may determine, according to the G-NRT1, that the number of the CCE included in the GSS may be:
- Y k (A ⁇ Y k-1 )mod D
- Y -1 n RNT1 ⁇ 0
- A 39827
- D 65537
- n s is the slot number of one radio frame
- n RNT1 is the G-NRT1 value.
- Y -1 F(n RNTI , n) ⁇
- F(k) represents a certain function.
- L is 4 or 8.
- the first subframe set includes multiple downlink subframes/special subframes in one allocation period.
- the terminal device when the UESS of the terminal device is not configured on the first subframe set, the terminal device only needs to detect the UESS in a subframe that is not on the first subframe set.
- the embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
- the terminal device can detect the sUESS without detecting the UESS, where the sUESS is smaller than the UESS.
- the embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
- the downlink transmission mode may be determined before the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device. Further, the terminal device may receive the third signaling sent by the network device, where the third signaling includes information for indicating a downlink transmission mode, and further determines a downlink transmission mode according to the third signaling.
- the multicast PDSCH transmission and the unicast PDSCH transmission adopt the same downlink transmission mode. Therefore, the terminal device may determine that the downlink transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode adopted by the unicast PDSCH transmission.
- the terminal device determines the transmission mode according to the number of PBCH antenna ports.
- the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3.
- the terminal device may receive signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3.
- the signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the terminal device determines the transmission scheme according to the number of PBCH antenna ports.
- the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is single antenna port transmission; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the terminal device may receive signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the method before receiving the DCI sent by the network device, the method further includes: receiving, sending, by the network device Signaling, the signaling includes information indicating a G-RNTI, which is high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, the G-RNTI is used to scramble the CRC, and the CRC is used for error detection of the DCI. Then, the terminal device blindly detects the candidate PDCCH in the search space according to the information bit number of the DCI, and uses the G-RNTI to descramble the CRC of the candidate PDCCH, and then performs CRC check.
- the candidate PDCCH with the correct CRC check is the PDCCH carrying the DCI.
- the terminal device acquires scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
- the terminal device may acquire scheduling information for PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
- the terminal device may determine that the MCS used by the two transport blocks is the value of the MCS domain, where the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
- This MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the two transport blocks.
- the number of information bits of the MCS domain may be 5 bits, that is, the load size of the MCS domain is 5 bits.
- the terminal device may determine that the MCS used by the transport block 1 is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the transport block 2 is the first.
- the value of the second MCS field where the number of information bits of the first MCS field is the same as the number of information bits of the second MCS field, for example, 5 bits, 4 bits, 3 bits, or 2 bits.
- the terminal device may determine that the MCS used by the transport block 1 is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the transport block 2 is obtained by adding the value of the first MCS domain to the value of the second MCS domain. of.
- the terminal device may determine that the first MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2, the second MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1, and the MCS used by the transport block 1 passes the first MCS. The value of the field is added to the value of the second MCS field.
- the terminal device may determine a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword according to the transport block to codeword exchange identifier field.
- the PDSCH uses two transport block transmissions. When the bit value of the transport block to codeword exchange identifier is 0, the terminal device can determine that transport block 1 corresponds to codeword 0 and transport block 2 corresponds to codeword 1. When the bit value of the transport block to codeword exchange identifier is 1, the terminal device may determine that the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword. 1.
- the PDSCH uses a transport block transmission. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 1, the terminal device can determine that the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 2, the terminal device can determine that the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0.
- the terminal device may determine a mapping of the transport block to the codeword according to the preset mapping relationship.
- the preset mapping relationship may be: when the PDSCH is transmitted by using two transport blocks, the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 1, or the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword. 1.
- the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0.
- the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0.
- the terminal device may determine the number of layers according to the precoding information field. For example, when the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the number of transmit antennas is 4, the DCI includes a 2-bit precoding information field.
- the terminal device may determine that if the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity, the number of transmitting antennas is two.
- the terminal device may determine, according to the transmission scheme identifier field, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. For example, when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 1, the terminal device may determine that the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme; when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 0, the terminal device may determine that the PDSCH uses the transmit diversity transmission. Program.
- the terminal device may determine that the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme; when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 1, the terminal device may determine that the PDSCH uses the transmit diversity transmission. Program.
- the terminal device determines that the PDSCH transmission adopts a transmit diversity transmission scheme, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH transmission adopts one transport block.
- the terminal device determines that the PDSCH transmission uses two transport blocks.
- the terminal device may determine, according to the number of transmission blocks used in the PDSCH transmission, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the terminal device determines that the PDSCH transmission employs a transmit diversity transmission scheme.
- the terminal device determines that the PDSCH transmission employs large delay cyclic delay diversity.
- the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where the first MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1, and the second MCS When the field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2, when the value of the first MCS field is 29, 30, or 31, the transport block 1 is not used, and when the value of the second MCS field is 29, 30, or 31. When the transport block 2 is not used.
- the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
- the terminal device may determine one or more allocated LVRBs according to the resource block allocation domain, where one or more LVRBs are located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is Q.
- the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
- the terminal device may determine two resource block sets according to the resource block allocation domain, where each resource block set includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG consists of P consecutive
- the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
- the terminal device may determine an available transmission bandwidth, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than the downlink system bandwidth, and then determine the allocated at least one resource block according to the resource block allocation domain, where the allocated At least one resource block is located within the available transmission bandwidth.
- the resource block allocation field includes a bitmap
- the terminal device may receive the first signaling sent by the network device, where the first signaling includes information indicating an available transmission bandwidth of the SC-PTM transmission, and further determines an available transmission bandwidth according to the first signaling.
- the resource allocation manner when the DCI includes the resource allocation manner identifier field, the resource allocation manner may be determined according to the resource allocation manner identifier field as a continuous resource block allocation (eg, resource allocation mode 2) or a non-contiguous resource block allocation.
- the number of information bits of the resource allocation mode identifier field is 1.
- the terminal device receives the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information.
- the terminal device may receive the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information.
- the terminal device may receive data that is sent by the network device and is carried by the PDSCH.
- the data carried on the PDSCH may be multicast data, broadcast data, or unicast data.
- the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, and the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission is obtained from the DCI, the PDSCH.
- the transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode, and receives the PDSCH transmitted by the network device according to the scheduling information, and may receive the PDSCH by using a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
- the method for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
- the terminal device determines a search space.
- the terminal device can determine a search space, which is a search space that carries the DCI, that is, the DCI is located in the search space.
- the search space is CSS and/or GSS.
- CSS is a CSS defined by the traditional LTE system.
- the terminal device may determine that the CSS is composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and includes four candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 and two candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 8. Since the search space is a candidate PDCCH set, the PDCCH is aggregated by the CCE. Therefore, to determine the search space with the aggregation level of L, it is necessary to determine the constituent search space.
- CCE where k is the current subframe number. Specifically, the number of the CCE constituting the CSS may be:
- N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs on subframe k.
- the terminal device may determine a group search space, where the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- Candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 A candidate PDCCH with a CCE aggregation level of 8.
- the terminal device determines that the GSS and CSS are continuously distributed.
- the composition of the GSS The CCE number can be:
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L.
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L.
- N CCE, k is the total number of CCE subframe k, L 4 or 8.
- the terminal device determines a discontinuous distribution of GSS and CSS.
- the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
- n is a positive integer.
- the terminal device determines the GSS based on the G-RNTI.
- the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
- Y k (A ⁇ Y k-1 )mod D
- Y -1 n RNTI ⁇ 0
- A 39827
- D 65537
- n s is the slot number of one radio frame
- n RNTI is the G-RNTI value.
- Y -1 F(n RNTI , n) ⁇
- F(k) represents a certain function.
- L is 4 or 8.
- the downlink transmission mode may be determined before the terminal device determines the search space. Further, the terminal device may receive the third signaling sent by the network device, where the third signaling includes information for indicating a downlink transmission mode, and further determines a downlink transmission mode according to the third signaling.
- the multicast PDSCH transmission and the unicast PDSCH transmission adopt the same downlink transmission mode. Therefore, the terminal device may determine that the downlink transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode adopted by the unicast PDSCH transmission.
- the terminal device determines the downlink transmission mode according to the number of PBCH antenna ports.
- the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3.
- the terminal device may receive signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3.
- the signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the terminal device determines the transmission scheme according to the number of PBCH antenna ports.
- PBCH days The number of line ports is 1, and the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is single antenna port transmission; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the terminal device may receive signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the terminal device detects DCI in the search space, and the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
- the DCI may be detected in the search space, wherein the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
- the format of the DCI may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A.
- the DCI detected by the terminal device may be DCI format 1A or DCI format 1.
- the DCI detected by the terminal device may be DCI format 1A or DCI format 2A.
- the format of the DCI may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C, DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A.
- the DCI detected by the terminal device may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C, or DCI format 1.
- the DCI detected by the terminal device may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C or DCI format 2A.
- the terminal device may detect the DCI in the search space according to the first relationship, where the first relationship is a relationship between the search space, the DCI, and the PDSCH transmission scheme.
- the first relationship may include: when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1A, the search space is CSS and GSS; when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 5.
- the first relationship may include: when the DCI is DCI format 1A, the search space is CSS; when the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. Compared with the foregoing manner of determining the search space, the number of blind detections of the PDCCH in the embodiment of the present invention is small.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 6.
- the first relationship may include: when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1A or In DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS and GSS; when the DCI format is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 7.
- the first relationship may include: when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS; when the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 8.
- the first relationship may include: for the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1, the search space is CSS; for the transmission mode 3, when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format At 2A, the search space is CSS.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 9.
- the first relationship may include: for the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, when the DCI is DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS; for the transmission mode 3, when the DCI is DCI In format 1A, DCI format 2A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS.
- the embodiment of the present invention does not need to increase the GSS.
- the first relationship can be as shown in Table 10.
- the terminal device before detecting the DCI in the search space, further includes: receiving signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling includes information used to indicate the G-RNTI, where the signaling is high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the G-RNTI is used to scramble the CRC, which is used for error detection of the DCI.
- Detecting the DCI in the search space includes: the terminal device blindly detects the candidate PDCCH in the search space according to the number of information bits of the DCI, and uses the G-RNTI to descramble the CRC of the candidate PDCCH, and then performs CRC check, and the candidate PDCCH with the correct CRC check is The PDCCH carrying the DCI.
- the terminal device receives the PDSCH sent by the network device.
- the terminal device determines a search space, detects DCI in the search space, DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, and PDSCH transmission uses a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or non-contiguous resources.
- the PDSCH transmitted by the network device may be received, and the PDSCH may be received by using a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner. Because a new GSS is defined for the DCI with the bearer format DCI format 2A or DCI format 1, or the CSS can be used to carry the DCI in the format DCI format 2A or DCI format 1. Therefore, a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode can be adopted in SC-PTM transmission.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium can store a program, and the program includes some or all of the steps in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 when executed.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium may store a program, and the program includes some or all of the steps in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 when executed.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting control information according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
- the device for transmitting control information may be used to implement the method embodiment shown in FIG.
- the transmission device of the control information may include at least a configuration unit 501 and a sending unit 502, where:
- the configuration unit 501 is configured to configure DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission uses a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation. the way.
- the sending unit 502 is configured to send the DCI to the at least one terminal device.
- the sending unit 502 is further configured to send the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device.
- the DCI includes an MCS field
- the MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the two transport blocks, and the two transport blocks use the same MCS.
- the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, wherein:
- the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block.
- the number of information bits of the first MCS domain is the same as the number of information bits of the second MCS domain. . or
- the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block
- the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block
- the MCS used by the second transport block is determined by the value of the first MCS field.
- the value of the second MCS field is added, and the number of information bits in the second MCS domain is less than the first The number of information bits in the MCS domain.
- the configuration unit 501 is further configured to: before the sending unit 502 sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device, configure the mapping of the transport block to the codeword according to the preset mapping relationship.
- the preset mapping relationship is:
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1.
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
- the DCI includes a transport block to codeword exchange identification field, and the transport block to codeword exchange identification field is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword.
- the configuration unit 501 is further configured to configure the transmission scheme of the PDSCH to be a large delay cyclic delay diversity and configure the PDSCH transmission to use two transmit antennas before configuring the DCI.
- the DCI includes a precoding information field, and the precoding information field is used to indicate the number of layers.
- the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier field is used to identify that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation field
- the resource block allocation field includes a bitmap
- the bitmap is used to indicate the allocated at least one RBG
- one RBG is composed of Q consecutive LVRBs, where Q is greater than P
- P 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation field
- the resource block allocation field is used to indicate the allocated LVRB
- the LVRB is located in one RBG subset
- the RBG subset is one of the Q RBG subsets, where Q is greater than P
- P 1, 2, 3 or 4.
- the apparatus for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
- the determining unit 503 is configured to determine the available transmission bandwidth before the configuration unit 501 configures the DCI, and the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than the downlink system bandwidth.
- the configuration unit 501 is configured to configure the DCI to include a resource block allocation domain, where the resource block indicated by the resource block allocation domain is located in an available transmission bandwidth.
- the DCI further includes a resource allocation mode identifier field, where the resource allocation mode identifier field is used to identify that the resource allocation mode is a continuous resource block allocation or a discontinuous resource block allocation.
- the DCI is located in the CSS or the GSS, and the configuration unit 501 is further configured to: before the sending unit 502 sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device, configure the CSS and/or the GSS, where the CSS is the first 16 in the downlink control area.
- the control channel unit is composed of CCEs.
- the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the number of the CCEs included in the GSS is:
- the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
- the GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the number of the CCE included in the GSS is
- the configuration unit 501 configures DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission uses large delay cyclic delay diversity.
- the sending unit 502 sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device, and sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device, and may adopt the large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or the non-SC-PTM transmission. Continuous resource block allocation.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement the foregoing embodiments of the present invention shown in FIG.
- FIG. 6 For the convenience of the description, only the parts related to the embodiments of the present invention are shown.
- FIG. 6 For the specific technical details not disclosed, please refer to the embodiments of the present invention shown in FIG.
- the network device includes at least one processor 601, such as a CPU, at least one transmitter 603, a memory 604, and at least one communication bus 602.
- the communication bus 602 is used to implement connection communication between these components.
- the transmitter 603 may be combined with the sending unit shown in FIG. 5.
- the transmitter 603 may be a network interface, and optionally may include a standard wired interface and a wireless interface (such as a WI-FI interface) for external use.
- the network communicates.
- the memory 604 may include a high speed RAM memory, and may also include a non-unstable memory such as at least one disk memory.
- the memory 604 can optionally include at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 601.
- the processor 601 can be combined with the configuration unit shown in FIG. 5 and the determination unit.
- a set of program codes is stored in the memory 604, and the processor 601 calls the program code stored in the memory 604 for performing the following operations:
- the DCI is configured to schedule PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
- the DCI is transmitted to the at least one terminal device through the transmitter 603.
- the PDSCH is transmitted to the at least one terminal device through the transmitter 603.
- the network device introduced in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement some or all of the processes in the method embodiment introduced by the present invention in conjunction with FIG.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting control information according to a second embodiment of the present invention.
- the device for transmitting control information may be used to implement the method in the embodiment shown in FIG.
- the transmission device of the control information may include at least a receiving unit 701 and an obtaining unit 702, where:
- the receiving unit 701 is configured to receive the DCI sent by the network device, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to obtain scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
- the receiving unit 701 is further configured to receive the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information.
- the DCI includes an MCS domain
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to determine that the MCS used by the two transport blocks is the value of the MCS domain, where the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
- the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain
- the acquiring unit 702 is configured to determine that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the second transport block is used.
- the MCS is the value of the second MCS domain.
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to determine that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the second transport block is determined by the value of the first MCS domain and the value of the second MCS domain. In addition, the number of information bits of the second MCS domain is less than the number of information bits of the first MCS domain.
- the apparatus for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
- the determining unit 703 is configured to determine a mapping of the transport block to the codeword according to the preset mapping relationship before the receiving unit 701 receives the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information.
- the preset mapping relationship is:
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1.
- the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
- the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
- the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to determine a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword according to the transport block to the codeword exchange identifier field.
- the apparatus for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
- the determining unit 703 is configured to determine, before the receiving unit 701 receives the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and determine that the PDSCH transmission uses two transmitting antennas.
- the DCI includes a precoding information field
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to determine the number of layers according to the precoding information field.
- the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to determine, according to the transmission scheme identifier field, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is a large delay cyclic delay diversity or a transmit diversity.
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation field
- the resource block allocation field includes a bitmap
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation field
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to determine, according to the resource block allocation domain, the allocated LVRB, where the LVRB is located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is one of the Q RBG subsets.
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation field
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to determine two resource block sets according to the resource block allocation domain, where each resource block set includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG is configured by P.
- the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain
- the apparatus for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
- the determining unit 703 is configured to determine an available transmission bandwidth before the obtaining unit 702 acquires scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than the downlink system bandwidth.
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to determine, according to the resource block allocation domain, the allocated at least one resource block, where the allocated at least one resource block is located in an available transmission bandwidth.
- the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field
- the obtaining unit 702 is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation manner, that the resource allocation manner is a continuous resource block allocation or a discontinuous resource block allocation.
- the receiving unit 701 is configured to determine a search space, where the search space is CSS and/or GSS, and the CSS is composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and the GSS is included by the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region.
- N CCE components, N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the receiving unit 701 is further configured to acquire the DCI in the search space.
- the number of the CCEs included in the GSS is:
- the GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the number of the CCE included in the GSS is
- the receiving unit 701 receives the DCI transmitted by the network device, the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the obtaining unit 702 acquires the DCSCH for the PDSCH transmission.
- the scheduling information, the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner, and the receiving unit 701 receives the PDSCH transmitted by the network device according to the scheduling information, and may adopt a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous manner.
- the resource block allocation mode receives the PDSCH.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement the method implemented in the foregoing embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG.
- FIG. 8 For ease of description, only parts related to the embodiments of the present invention are shown. Without specific details, please refer to the embodiments of the present invention shown in FIG.
- the terminal device includes at least one processor 801, such as a CPU, at least one receiver 803, a memory 804, and at least one communication bus 802.
- the communication bus 802 is used to implement connection communication between these components.
- the receiver 803 can be combined with the receiving unit shown in FIG. 7.
- the receiver 803 can be a network interface, and optionally can include a standard wired interface and a wireless interface (such as a WI-FI interface) for external use.
- the network communicates.
- the memory 804 may include a high speed RAM memory and may also include a non-stable memory such as at least one disk memory.
- the memory 804 can optionally include at least one storage device located remotely from the aforementioned processor 801.
- the processor 801 can be combined with the acquisition unit and the determination unit shown in FIG. A set of program codes is stored in the memory 804, and the processor 801 calls the program code stored in the memory 804 for performing the following operations:
- the DCI transmitted by the network device is received by the receiver 803, and the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
- the PDSCH transmitted by the network device is received by the receiver 803 according to the scheduling information.
- terminal device introduced in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement some or all of the processes in the method embodiment introduced by the present invention in conjunction with FIG.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a transmission system for controlling information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- a transmission system for control information in an embodiment of the present invention may include at least a network device 901 and a terminal device. 902, the network device 901 can be combined with the transmission device of the control information shown in FIG. 5, and the terminal device 902 can be combined with the transmission device of the control information shown in FIG. 7, wherein:
- the network device 901 is configured to configure DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission.
- the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission uses a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation. the way.
- the network device is further configured to send the DCI to the at least one terminal device 902.
- the terminal device 902 is configured to acquire scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI.
- the terminal device 902 is further configured to receive the PDSCH sent by the network device 901 according to the scheduling information.
- the transmission system of the control information introduced in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement some or all of the processes in the method embodiments introduced in conjunction with FIG. 1 and FIG.
- first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be construed as indicating or implying a relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of technical features indicated.
- features defining “first” or “second” may include at least one of the features, either explicitly or implicitly.
- the meaning of "a plurality” is at least two, such as two, three, etc., unless specifically defined otherwise.
- a "computer-readable medium” can be any apparatus that can contain, store, communicate, propagate, or transport a program for use in an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device, or in conjunction with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device.
- computer readable media include the following: electrical connections (electronic devices) having one or more wires, portable computer disk cartridges (magnetic devices), random access memory (RAM), Read only memory (ROM), erasable editable read only memory (EPROM or flash memory), fiber optic devices, and portable compact disk read only memory (CDROM).
- the computer readable medium may even be a paper or other suitable medium on which the program can be printed, as it may be optically scanned, for example by paper or other medium, followed by editing, interpretation or, if appropriate, other suitable The method is processed to obtain the program electronically and then stored in computer memory.
- portions of the invention may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware or a combination thereof.
- multiple steps or methods may be implemented in software or firmware stored in a memory and executed by a suitable instruction execution system.
- a suitable instruction execution system For example, if implemented in hardware, as in another embodiment, it can be implemented by any one or combination of the following techniques well known in the art: having logic gates for implementing logic functions on data signals. Discrete logic circuits, application specific integrated circuits with suitable combinational logic gates, programmable gate arrays (PGAs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), etc.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing module, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one module.
- the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules.
- the integrated modules, if implemented in the form of software functional modules and sold or used as stand-alone products, may also be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
- the above mentioned storage medium may be a read only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk or the like.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种控制信息的传输方法、装置以及系统。The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method, an apparatus, and a system for transmitting control information.
单小区点到多点(single-cell point-to-multipoint,SC-PTM)传输是指在物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Share Channel,PDSCH)上传输组播数据。在SC-PTM传输过程中,网络设备向一个小区内的一组终端设备(User Equipment,UE)发送承载于物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI),然后该组UE根据该DCI包括的调度信息接收承载于组播PDSCH的组播数据(区别于承载单播数据的PDSCH,承载组播数据的PDSCH称为组播PDSCH)。其中,一个PDCCH是由L个控制信道单元(Control Channel Element,CCE)聚合而成,L为正整数,称为聚合级别(Aggregation Level,AL)。搜索空间为候选PDCCH(PDCCH candidate)集合。终端设备需要监测每个候选PDCCH,所以搜素空间也就是终端设备监测的PDCCH集合。每一个聚合级别对应一个搜索空间。目前,搜索空间包括公共搜索空间(Common Search Space,CSS)和终端设备特定搜索空间(UE Specific Search Space,UESS)两种类型。其中,CSS是小区内多个UE都要监听的搜索空间,UESS是小区内特定UE需要监听的搜索空间。Single-cell point-to-multipoint (SC-PTM) transmission refers to transmitting multicast data on a Physical Downlink Share Channel (PDSCH). During the SC-PTM transmission process, the network device sends downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI) carried on the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) to a group of user equipments (UEs) in a cell. Then, the group of UEs receives the multicast data carried by the multicast PDSCH according to the scheduling information included in the DCI (different from the PDSCH carrying the unicast data, and the PDSCH carrying the multicast data is called the multicast PDSCH). The PDCCH is a combination of L Control Channel Elements (CCEs), and L is a positive integer called Aggregation Level (AL). The search space is a candidate PDCCH (PDCCH candidate) set. The terminal device needs to monitor each candidate PDCCH, so the search space is also the PDCCH set monitored by the terminal device. Each aggregation level corresponds to one search space. Currently, the search space includes two types: Common Search Space (CSS) and UE Specific Search Space (UESS). The CSS is a search space that multiple UEs in the cell have to listen to, and the UESS is a search space that a specific UE needs to monitor in the cell.
对于SC-PTM传输,网络设备可以配置三种下行传输模式:单天线端口(Single-antenna port,port 0),发射分集(Transmit diversity)和大时延循环延迟分集(Large delay Cyclic Delay Diversity,Large delay CDD)。目前,对于单天线端口和发射分集,网络设备可以配置DCI的格式为DCI Format 1A和DCI Format 1。对于大时延循环延迟分集,网络设备可以配置DCI的格式为DCI Format 2A。其中,DCI Format 1A用于连续资源块(Resource Block,RB)分 配,DCI Format 1和DCI Format 2A用于非连续RB分配。由于指示SC-PTM传输的DCI是配置给一组终端设备的,只能使用位于CSS的PDCCH承载该DCI。但是,现有系统中,承载DCI Format 1和DCI Format 2A的PDCCH不能位于CSS,只能位于UESS。因此,对于SC-PTM传输,网络设备不能配置DCI Format 1和DCI Format 2A,进而网络设备不能配置大时延循环延迟分集,也不能配置非连续资源块分配。For SC-PTM transmission, the network equipment can be configured with three downlink transmission modes: Single-antenna port (port 0), Transmit diversity, and Large delay Cyclic Delay Diversity (Large). Delay CDD). Currently, for single antenna ports and transmit diversity, network devices can configure DCI formats as DCI Format 1A and DCI Format 1. For large delay cyclic delay diversity, the network device can configure the DCI format as DCI Format 2A. Among them, DCI Format 1A is used for continuous resource block (RB) The DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A are used for non-contiguous RB allocation. Since the DCI indicating the SC-PTM transmission is configured to a group of terminal devices, the DCI can only be carried by using the PDCCH located in the CSS. However, in the existing system, the PDCCH carrying DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A cannot be located in the CSS and can only be located in the UESS. Therefore, for SC-PTM transmission, the network device cannot configure DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A, and thus the network device cannot configure large delay cyclic delay diversity, and cannot configure non-contiguous resource block allocation.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种控制信息的传输方法、装置以及系统,可在SC-PTM传输中采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式。The embodiment of the invention provides a method, a device and a system for transmitting control information, which can adopt a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode in SC-PTM transmission.
本发明第一方面提供了一种控制信息的传输方法,包括:A first aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting control information, including:
网络设备配置DCI,所述DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,所述DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,所述PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式;The network device configures a DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource. Block allocation method;
所述网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送所述DCI;Transmitting, by the network device, the DCI to at least one terminal device;
所述网络设备向所述至少一个终端设备发送所述PDSCH。The network device sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device.
在第一种可能的实施方式中,所述DCI包括一个MCS域,所述MCS域用于指示两个传输块所采用的MCS,所述两个传输块采用相同的MCS。In a first possible implementation manner, the DCI includes an MCS domain, where the MCS domain is used to indicate an MCS used by two transport blocks, and the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
结合第一方面可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域,其中:In conjunction with the possible implementation of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation, the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where:
所述第一MCS域用于指示第一传输块所采用的MCS,所述第二MCS域用于指示第二传输块所采用的MCS,所述两个MCS域的信息比特数相同;或者The first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block, and the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block, where the information bits of the two MCS domains are the same; or
所述第一MCS域用于指示第一传输块所采用的MCS,所述第二MCS域用于指示第二传输块所采用的MCS,所述第二传输块所采用的MCS是通过所述第一MCS域的取值与所述第二MCS域的取值相加得到的,所述第二MCS域的信息比特数少于所述第一MCS域的信息比特数。 The first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block, the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block, and the MCS adopted by the second transport block is The value of the first MCS field is added to the value of the second MCS field, and the number of information bits of the second MCS field is less than the number of information bits of the first MCS field.
结合第一方面、第一方面的第一种或者第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备向所述至少一个终端设备发送所述PDSCH之前,还包括:With reference to the first aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation, before the network device sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device, :
所述网络设备根据预设映射关系配置传输块到码字的映射;The network device configures a mapping of a transport block to a codeword according to a preset mapping relationship;
其中,所述预设映射关系为:The preset mapping relationship is:
当所述PDSCH采用两个传输块传输时,第一传输块对应码字0且第二传输块对应码字1,或者第二传输块对应码字0且第一传输块对应码字1;When the PDSCH is transmitted by using two transport blocks, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1, or the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1;
当所述PDSCH采用第一传输块传输时,所述第一传输块对应码字0;When the PDSCH is transmitted by using the first transport block, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0;
当所述PDSCH采用第二传输块传输时,所述第二传输块对应码字0。When the PDSCH is transmitted by using the second transport block, the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
结合第一方面、第一方面的第一种或者第二种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括传输块到码字交换标识域,所述传输块到码字交换标识域用于指示传输块和码字的映射关系。With reference to the first aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field, and the transport block to code The word exchange identifier field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword.
结合第一方面或者第一方面的第一种至第四种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备配置DCI之前,还包括:With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the fifth possible implementation, before the network device configures the DCI, the network device further includes:
所述网络设备配置所述PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,并配置所述PDSCH传输采用2根发射天线。The transmission scheme of the network device configuring the PDSCH is a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the PDSCH transmission is configured to adopt two transmit antennas.
结合第一方面或者第一方面的第一种至第四种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括预编码信息域,所述预编码信息域用于指示层数。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementations of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the DCI includes a precoding information field, and the precoding information domain Used to indicate the number of layers.
结合第一方面或者第一方面的第一种至第六种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括传输方案标识域,所述传输方案标识域用于标识所述PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier domain The transmission scheme used to identify the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
结合第一方面或者第一方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配域包括一个位图,所述位图用于指示分配的至少一个RBG,一个RBG由Q个连续的LVRB组成,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to seventh possible implementations of the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block allocation domain A bitmap is included, the bitmap is used to indicate the allocated at least one RBG, and one RBG is composed of Q consecutive LVRBs, where Q is an integer greater than P, P=1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第一方面或者第一方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配 域用于指示分配的LVRB,所述LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,所述RBG子集是Q个RBG子集中的一个,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to seventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, where the resource block allocation The field is used to indicate the allocated LVRB, the LVRB is located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is one of the Q RBG subsets, where Q is an integer greater than P, P=1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配域用于指示两个资源块集,各个所述资源块集包括一个或多个连续的RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,其中,P=1、2、3或者4。With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to seventh possible implementations of the first aspect, in a tenth possible implementation, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block allocation domain For indicating two resource block sets, each of the resource block sets includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs, where P=1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备配置所述DCI之前,还包括:With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation, before the network device configures the DCI, the network device further includes:
所述网络设备确定可用传输带宽,所述可用传输带宽小于下行系统带宽;Determining, by the network device, an available transmission bandwidth, where the available transmission bandwidth is less than a downlink system bandwidth;
所述网络设备配置所述DCI,包括:The network device configuring the DCI includes:
所述网络设备配置所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配域指示的资源块位于所述可用传输带宽内。The network device configuring the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block indicated by the resource block allocation domain is located within the available transmission bandwidth.
结合第一方面的第八种至第十一种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI还包括资源分配方式标识域,所述资源分配方式标识域用于标识所述资源分配方式为连续资源块分配或者非连续资源块分配。With the possible implementation of any one of the eighth to eleventh aspects of the first aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation, the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field, and the resource allocation manner identifier The domain is used to identify that the resource allocation mode is a continuous resource block allocation or a non-contiguous resource block allocation.
结合第一方面或者第一方面的第一种至第十二种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI位于CSS或GSS;With reference to the first aspect or the first to twelfth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner, the DCI is located in a CSS or a GSS;
所述网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送所述DCI之前,还包括:Before the network device sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device, the method further includes:
所述网络设备配置CSS和/或GSS,所述CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个控制信道单元CCE组成,所述GSS由所述下行控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整数。The network device is configured with a CSS and/or a GSS, where the CSS is composed of the first 16 control channel units CCEs in the downlink control region, and the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region. N is a positive integer greater than one.
结合第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述GSS和所述CSS连续分布,则所述GSS包含的CCE的编号为:With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, and the number of CCEs included in the GSS is:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量,NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE的数量,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
结合第一方面的第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式 中,所述GSS是根据小区无线网络临时标识G-NRT1确定的,则所述GSS包含的CCE的编号为;Combining the thirteenth possible implementation of the first aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation The GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the number of the CCE included in the GSS is
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNT1≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙序号,nRNT1为G-NRT1值,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS, Y k = (A·Y k-1 ) mod D, Y -1 = n RNT1 ≠ 0, A = 39827, D = 65537, n s is the slot number of a radio frame, n RNT1 is the G-NRT1 value, and L is 4 or 8.
结合第一方面的第十三种至第十五种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述网络设备配置CSS和/或GSS包括:In conjunction with the possible implementation of the thirteenth to fifteenth aspects of the first aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation, the configuring, by the network device, the CSS and/or the GSS includes:
所述网络设备配置第一子帧集,并在所述第一子帧集上配置GSS,其中,所述第一子帧集中的子帧满足(10×nf+nsbf-nOFFSET)modM=0,nf表示系统帧号,nsbf表示子帧号,nOFFSET表示偏移子帧号。The network device configures a first subframe set, and configures a GSS on the first subframe set, where the subframe in the first subframe set satisfies (10×n f +n sbf -n OFFSET ) modM =0, n f represents the system frame number, n sbf represents the subframe number, and n OFFSET represents the offset subframe number.
本发明第二方面提供一种控制信息的传输方法,包括:A second aspect of the present invention provides a method for transmitting control information, including:
终端设备接收网络设备发送的DCI,所述DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同;The terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,所述PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式;The terminal device acquires scheduling information for PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner;
所述终端设备根据所述调度信息接收所述网络设备发送的所述PDSCH。The terminal device receives the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括一个MCS域;In a first possible implementation manner, the DCI includes an MCS domain;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备确定两个传输块所采用的MCS为所述MCS域的取值,其中,所述两个传输块采用相同的MCS。The terminal device determines that the MCS used by the two transport blocks is the value of the MCS domain, where the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
结合第二方面可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域;With reference to the possible implementation of the second aspect, in a second possible implementation, the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备确定第一传输块所采用的MCS为所述第一MCS域的取值,第二传输块所采用的MCS为所述第二MCS域的取值;或者Determining, by the terminal device, that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the second transport block is a value of the second MCS domain; or
所述终端设备确定第一传输块所采用的MCS为所述第一MCS域的取值,第二传输块所采用的MCS是通过所述第一MCS域的取值与所述第二MCS域 的取值相加得到的,所述第二MCS域的信息比特数少于所述第一MCS域的信息比特数。The terminal device determines that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the second transport block is the value of the first MCS domain and the second MCS domain. The sum of the values of the second MCS field is smaller than the number of information bits of the first MCS domain.
结合第二方面、第二方面的第一种或者第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,所述终端设备根据所述调度信息接收所述网络设备发送的所述PDSCH之前,还包括:With reference to the second aspect, the first aspect of the second aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a third possible implementation, the terminal device receives, according to the scheduling information, the network device sends Before the PDSCH, the method further includes:
所述终端设备根据预设映射关系确定传输块到码字的映射;Determining, by the terminal device, a mapping of a transport block to a codeword according to a preset mapping relationship;
其中,所述预设映射关系为:The preset mapping relationship is:
当所述PDSCH采用两个传输块传输时,第一传输块对应码字0且第二传输块对应码字1,或者第二传输块对应码字0且第一传输块对应码字1;When the PDSCH is transmitted by using two transport blocks, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1, or the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1;
当所述PDSCH采用第一传输块传输时,所述第一传输块对应码字0;When the PDSCH is transmitted by using the first transport block, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0;
当所述PDSCH采用第二传输块传输时,所述第二传输块对应码字0。When the PDSCH is transmitted by using the second transport block, the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
结合第二方面、第二方面的第一种或者第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括传输块到码字交换标识域;With reference to the second aspect, the first aspect of the second aspect, or the second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备根据所述传输块到码字交换标识域确定传输块和码字的映射关系。The terminal device determines a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword according to the transport block to the codeword exchange identifier field.
结合第二方面或者第二方面的第一种至第四种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述终端设备根据所述调度信息接收所述网络设备发送的所述PDSCH之前,还包括:With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the terminal device receives, according to the scheduling information, the network device sends Before the PDSCH, the method further includes:
所述终端设备确定所述PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,并确定所述PDSCH传输采用2根发射天线。The terminal device determines that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and determines that the PDSCH transmission uses two transmit antennas.
结合第二方面或者第二方面的第一种至第四种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括预编码信息域;With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the DCI includes a precoding information field;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备根据所述预编码信息域确定层数。The terminal device determines the number of layers according to the precoding information field.
结合第二方面或者第二方面的第一种至第六种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括传输方案标识域;With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备根据所述传输方案标识域确定所述PDSCH的传输方案为大 时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。Determining, by the terminal device, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large according to the transmission scheme identifier field Delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
结合第二方面或者第二方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配域包括一个位图;With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to seventh possible implementations of the second aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block allocation domain Including a bitmap;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备根据所述位图确定分配的至少一个RBG,一个RBG由Q个连续的LVRB组成,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。The terminal device determines the allocated at least one RBG according to the bitmap, and one RBG is composed of Q consecutive LVRBs, where Q is an integer greater than P, P=1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第二方面或者第二方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域;With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备根据所述资源块分配域确定分配的LVRB,所述LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,所述RBG子集是Q个RBG子集中的一个,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。The terminal device determines the allocated LVRB according to the resource block allocation field, where the LVRB is located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is one of the Q RBG subsets, where Q is an integer greater than P, P= 1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第二方面或者第二方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域;With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备根据所述资源块分配域确定两个资源块集,各个所述资源块集包括一个或多个连续的RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,其中,P=1、2、3或者4。Determining, by the terminal device, two resource block sets according to the resource block allocation domain, each of the resource block sets includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs, where P=1, 2 , 3 or 4.
结合第二方面或者第二方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域;With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息之前,还包括:Before the terminal device acquires the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, the method further includes:
所述终端设备确定可用传输带宽,所述可用传输带宽小于下行系统带宽;Determining, by the terminal device, an available transmission bandwidth, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than a downlink system bandwidth;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备根据所述资源块分配域确定分配的至少一个资源块,所述分配的至少一个资源块位于所述可用传输带宽内。And determining, by the terminal device, the allocated at least one resource block according to the resource block allocation domain, where the allocated at least one resource block is located in the available transmission bandwidth.
结合第二方面的第八种至第十一种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI还包括资源分配方式标识域; With the possible implementation of any one of the eighth to eleventh aspects of the second aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation, the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field;
所述终端设备从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,包括:Obtaining, by the terminal device, the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, including:
所述终端设备根据所述资源分配方式标识域确定所述资源分配方式为连续资源块分配或者非连续资源块分配。The terminal device determines, according to the resource allocation manner identifier field, that the resource allocation manner is a continuous resource block allocation or a discontinuous resource block allocation.
结合第二方面或者第二方面的第一种至第十二种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的DCI包括:With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the twelfth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the receiving, by the terminal device, the DCI sent by the network device includes:
所述终端设备确定搜索空间,所述搜索空间为CSS和/或GSS,所述CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个CCE组成,所述GSS由所述下行控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整数;The terminal device determines a search space, where the search space is CSS and/or GSS, and the CSS is composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and the GSS is other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region. N CCE components, N is a positive integer greater than 1;
所述终端设备在所述搜索空间内获取所述DCI。The terminal device acquires the DCI in the search space.
结合第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述GSS和所述CSS连续分布,则所述GSS包含的CCE的编号为:With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation of the second aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, and the number of the CCEs included in the GSS is:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量,NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE的数量,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
结合第二方面的第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,所述GSS是根据G-NRT1确定的,则所述GSS包含的CCE的编号为;With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the GSS is determined according to G-NRT1, and the number of CCEs included in the GSS is
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNT1≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙序号,nRNT1为G-NRT1值,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS, Y k = (A·Y k-1 ) mod D, Y -1 = n RNT1 ≠ 0, A = 39827, D = 65537, n s is a slot number in one radio frame, n RNT1 value for the G-NRT1, L is 4 or 8.
结合第二方面的第十三种至第十五种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述终端设备确定搜索空间包括:With reference to the possible implementation of any one of the thirteenth to fifteenth aspects of the second aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation, the determining, by the terminal device, the search space includes:
所述终端设备在第一子帧集上检测GSS,其中,所述第一子帧集中的子帧满足(10×nf+nsbf-nOFFSET)modM=0,nf表示系统帧号,nsbf表示子帧号,nOFFSET表示偏移子帧号。The terminal device detects a GSS on the first subframe set, where the subframe in the first subframe set satisfies (10×n f +n sbf −n OFFSET ) modM=0, where n f represents a system frame number, n sbf indicates a subframe number, n oFFSET represents the offset of the subframe number.
本发明第三方面提供一种控制信息的传输装置,其特征在于,包括: A third aspect of the present invention provides a device for transmitting control information, including:
配置单元,用于配置DCI,所述DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,所述DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,所述PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式;a configuration unit, configured to configure a DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule a PDSCH transmission, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or Non-contiguous resource block allocation method;
发送单元,用于向至少一个终端设备发送所述DCI;a sending unit, configured to send the DCI to at least one terminal device;
所述发送单元,还用于向所述至少一个终端设备发送所述PDSCH。The sending unit is further configured to send the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括一个MCS域,所述MCS域用于指示两个传输块所采用的MCS,所述两个传输块采用相同的MCS。In a first possible implementation manner, the DCI includes an MCS domain, where the MCS domain is used to indicate an MCS used by two transport blocks, and the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
结合第三方面可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域,其中:In conjunction with the possible implementation of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation, the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where:
所述第一MCS域用于指示第一传输块所采用的MCS,所述第二MCS域用于指示传第二传输块所采用的MCS,所述第一MCS域的信息比特数和所述第二MCS域的信息比特数相同;或者The first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block, and the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block, the number of information bits of the first MCS domain, and the The number of information bits of the second MCS domain is the same; or
所述第一MCS域用于指示第一传输块所采用的MCS,所述第二MCS域用于指示第二传输块所采用的MCS,所述第二传输块所采用的MCS是通过所述第一MCS域的取值与所述第二MCS域的取值相加得到的,所述第二MCS域的信息比特数少于所述第一MCS域的信息比特数。The first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block, the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block, and the MCS adopted by the second transport block is The value of the first MCS field is added to the value of the second MCS field, and the number of information bits of the second MCS field is less than the number of information bits of the first MCS field.
结合第三方面、第三方面的第一种或者第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,所述配置单元,还用于在所述发送单元向所述至少一个终端设备发送所述PDSCH之前,根据预设映射关系配置传输块到码字的映射;With reference to the third aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation, the configuration unit is further configured to send, by the sending unit, the at least one terminal Before the device sends the PDSCH, the mapping of the transport block to the codeword is configured according to a preset mapping relationship;
其中,所述预设映射关系为:The preset mapping relationship is:
当所述PDSCH采用两个传输块传输时,第一传输块对应码字0且第二传输块对应码字1,或者第二传输块对应码字0且第一传输块对应码字1;When the PDSCH is transmitted by using two transport blocks, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1, or the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1;
当所述PDSCH采用第一传输块传输时,所述第一传输块对应码字0;When the PDSCH is transmitted by using the first transport block, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0;
当所述PDSCH采用第二传输块传输时,所述第二传输块对应码字0。When the PDSCH is transmitted by using the second transport block, the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
结合第三方面、第三方面的第一种或者第二种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括传输块到码字交换标识域,所述传输块到码字交换标识域用于指示传输块和码字的映射关系。With reference to the third aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field, and the transport block to code The word exchange identifier field is used to indicate the mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword.
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种至第四种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述配置单元,还用于在配置所述DCI之前, 配置所述PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,并配置所述PDSCH传输采用2根发射天线。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the configuration unit is further configured to: before configuring the DCI, The transmission scheme of the PDSCH is configured as a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the PDSCH transmission is configured to use two transmit antennas.
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种至第四种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括预编码信息域,所述预编码信息域用于指示层数。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the DCI includes a precoding information field, and the precoding information domain Used to indicate the number of layers.
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种至第六种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括传输方案标识域,所述传输方案标识域用于标识所述PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier domain The transmission scheme used to identify the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配域包括一个位图,所述位图用于指示分配的至少一个RBG,一个RBG由Q个连续的LVRB组成,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to seventh possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eighth possible implementation, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, where the resource block allocation domain A bitmap is included, the bitmap is used to indicate the allocated at least one RBG, and one RBG is composed of Q consecutive LVRBs, where Q is an integer greater than P, P=1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配域用于指示分配的LVRB,所述LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,所述RBG子集是Q个RBG子集中的一个,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, where the resource block allocation domain LVRB for indicating allocation, the LVRB is located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is one of Q RBG subsets, where Q is an integer greater than P, P=1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配域用于指示两个资源块集,各个所述资源块集包括一个或多个连续的RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,其中,P=1、2、3或者4。With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to seventh possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block allocation domain For indicating two resource block sets, each of the resource block sets includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs, where P=1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner, the device further includes:
确定单元,用于所述配置单元配置所述DCI之前,确定可用传输带宽,所述可用传输带宽小于下行系统带宽;a determining unit, configured to determine an available transmission bandwidth, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than a downlink system bandwidth, before the configuration unit configures the DCI;
所述配置单元,用于配置所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配域指示的资源块位于所述可用传输带宽内。The configuration unit is configured to configure the DCI to include a resource block allocation domain, where the resource block indicated by the resource block allocation domain is located in the available transmission bandwidth.
结合第三方面的第八种至第十一种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI还包括资源分配方式标识域,所述资源分配方 式标识域用于标识所述资源分配方式为连续资源块分配或者非连续资源块分配。With the possible implementation of any one of the eighth to eleventh aspects of the third aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation, the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field, where the resource allocator The identifier field is used to identify that the resource allocation mode is a continuous resource block allocation or a non-contiguous resource block allocation.
结合第三方面或者第三方面的第一种至第十二种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI位于CSS或GSS;With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the twelfth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the thirteenth possible implementation manner, the DCI is located in the CSS or the GSS;
所述配置单元,还用于所述发送单元向所述至少一个终端设备发送所述DCI之前,配置CSS和/或GSS,所述CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个控制信道单元CCE组成,所述GSS由所述下行控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整数。The configuration unit is further configured to configure CSS and/or GSS before the sending unit sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device, where the CSS is composed of the first 16 control channel units CCE in the downlink control region, The GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
结合第三方面的第十三种可能的是实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述GSS和所述CSS连续分布,则所述GSS包含的CCE的编号为:The thirteenth possible combination of the third aspect is an implementation manner. In the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, and the number of CCEs included in the GSS is:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量,NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE的数量,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
结合第三方面的第十三种可能的是实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,所述GSS是根据小区无线网络临时标识G-NRT1确定的,则所述GSS包含的CCE的编号为;The thirteenth possible combination of the third aspect is an implementation manner. In the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the CGS includes the CCE. No;
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNT1≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙序号,nRNT1为G-NRT1值,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS, Y k = (A·Y k-1 ) mod D, Y -1 = n RNT1 ≠ 0, A = 39827, D = 65537, n s is the slot number of a radio frame, n RNT1 is the G-NRT1 value, and L is 4 or 8.
结合第三方面的第十三种至第十五种中任一种可能的是实现方式,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述配置单元,用于配置第一子帧集,并在所述第一子帧集上配置GSS,其中,所述第一子帧集中的子帧满足(10×nf+nsbf-nOFFSET)modM=0,nf表示系统帧号,nsbf表示子帧号,nOFFSET表示偏移子帧号。In combination with any one of the thirteenth to fifteenth aspects of the third aspect, the configuration unit may be configured to configure the first subframe set, and in the sixteenth possible implementation manner, Configuring a GSS on the first subframe set, wherein the subframe in the first subframe set satisfies (10×n f +n sbf −n OFFSET ) modM=0, n f represents a system frame number, n sbf Indicates the subframe number, and n OFFSET indicates the offset subframe number.
本发明第四方面提供一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括处理器、存储器以及发射器,其中,所述存储器中存储一组程序代码,且所述处理器调用所述存 储器中存储的程序代码,用于执行以下操作:配置DCI,所述DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,所述DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,所述PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式;A fourth aspect of the present invention provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a transmitter, wherein the memory stores a set of program codes, and the processor invokes the The program code stored in the memory is configured to: configure a DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule a PDSCH transmission, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission is large. Extended cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or discontinuous resource block allocation mode;
通过所述发射器向至少一个终端设备发送所述DCI;Transmitting, by the transmitter, the DCI to at least one terminal device;
通过所述发射器向所述至少一个终端设备发送所述PDSCH。Transmitting the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device by the transmitter.
本发明第五方面提供一种控制信息的传输装置,其特征在于,包括:A fifth aspect of the present invention provides a device for transmitting control information, including:
接收单元,用于接收网络设备发送的DCI,所述DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同;a receiving unit, configured to receive a DCI sent by the network device, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A;
获取单元,用于从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,所述PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式;An acquiring unit, configured to acquire scheduling information for PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner;
所述接收单元,还用于根据所述调度信息接收所述网络设备发送的所述PDSCH。The receiving unit is further configured to receive, according to the scheduling information, the PDSCH sent by the network device.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括一个MCS域;In a first possible implementation manner, the DCI includes an MCS domain;
所述获取单元,用于确定两个传输块所采用的MCS为所述MCS域的取值,其中,所述两个传输块采用相同的MCS。The acquiring unit is configured to determine that the MCS used by the two transport blocks is the value of the MCS domain, where the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS.
结合第五方面可能的实现方式,在第二种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域;With reference to the possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain;
所述获取单元,用于确定第一传输块所采用的MCS为所述第一MCS域的取值,第二传输块所采用的MCS为所述第二MCS域的取值;或者The acquiring unit is configured to determine that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the second transport block is a value of the second MCS domain; or
所述终端设备确定第一传输块所采用的MCS为所述第一MCS域的取值,第二传输块所采用的MCS是通过所述第一MCS域的取值与所述第二MCS域的取值相加得到的,所述第二MCS域的信息比特数少于所述第一MCS域的信息比特数。The terminal device determines that the MCS used by the first transport block is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the second transport block is the value of the first MCS domain and the second MCS domain. The sum of the values of the second MCS field is smaller than the number of information bits of the first MCS domain.
结合第五方面、第五方面的第一种或者第二种可能的实现方式,在第三种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:With reference to the fifth aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the apparatus further includes:
确定单元,用于在所述接收单元根据所述调度信息接收所述网络设备发送的所述PDSCH之前,根据预设映射关系确定传输块到码字的映射; a determining unit, configured to determine, according to a preset mapping relationship, a mapping of a transport block to a codeword before the receiving unit receives the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information;
其中,所述预设映射关系为:The preset mapping relationship is:
当所述PDSCH采用两个传输块传输时,第一传输块对应码字0且第二传输块对应码字1,或者第二传输块对应码字0且第一传输块对应码字1;When the PDSCH is transmitted by using two transport blocks, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1, or the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1;
当所述PDSCH采用第一传输块传输时,所述第一传输块对应码字0;When the PDSCH is transmitted by using the first transport block, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0;
当所述PDSCH采用第二传输块传输时,所述第二传输块对应码字0。When the PDSCH is transmitted by using the second transport block, the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
结合第五方面、第五方面的第一种或者第二种可能的实现方式,在第四种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括传输块到码字交换标识域;With reference to the fifth aspect, the first or the second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field;
所述获取单元,用于根据所述传输块到码字交换标识域确定传输块和码字的映射关系。And the acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the transport block to the codeword exchange identifier field, a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword.
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种至第四种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第五种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the device further includes:
确定单元,用于所述接收单元根据所述调度信息接收所述网络设备发送的所述PDSCH之前,确定所述PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,并确定所述PDSCH传输采用2根发射天线。a determining unit, configured to determine, by the receiving unit, that the PDSCH transmission scheme is a large delay cyclic delay diversity before receiving the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information, and determining that the PDSCH transmission adopts two Transmitting antenna.
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种至第四种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第六种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括预编码信息域;With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to fourth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the DCI includes a precoding information field;
所述获取单元,用于根据所述预编码信息域确定层数。The acquiring unit is configured to determine a layer number according to the precoding information field.
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种至第六种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第七种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括传输方案标识域;With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field;
所述获取单元,用于根据所述传输方案标识域确定所述PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。The acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the transmission scheme identifier field, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is a large delay cyclic delay diversity or a transmit diversity.
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第八种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域,所述资源块分配域包括一个位图;With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block allocation domain Including a bitmap;
所述获取单元,用于根据所述位图确定分配的至少一个资源块组RBG,一个RBG由Q个连续的LVRB组成,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。The acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the bitmap, at least one resource block group RBG that is allocated, where one RBG is composed of Q consecutive LVRBs, where Q is an integer greater than P, P=1, 2, 3, or 4 .
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第九种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域; With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain;
所述获取单元,用于根据所述资源块分配域确定分配的LVRB,所述LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,所述RBG子集是Q个RBG子集中的一个,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。And the acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the resource block allocation domain, the allocated LVRB, where the LVRB is located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is one of the Q RBG subsets, where Q is an integer greater than P , P = 1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域;With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a tenth possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain;
所述获取单元,用于根据所述资源块分配域确定两个资源块集,各个所述资源块集包括一个或多个连续的RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,其中,P=1、2、3或者4。The acquiring unit is configured to determine two resource block sets according to the resource block allocation domain, where each of the resource block sets includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs, where P= 1, 2, 3 or 4.
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种至第七种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI包括资源块分配域;With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain;
所述装置还包括:The device also includes:
确定单元,用于在所述获取单元从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息之前,确定可用传输带宽,所述可用传输带宽小于下行系统带宽;a determining unit, configured to determine an available transmission bandwidth, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than a downlink system bandwidth, before the acquiring unit acquires scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI;
所述获取单元,用于根据所述资源块分配域确定分配的至少一个资源块,所述分配的至少一个资源块位于所述可用传输带宽内。And the acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the resource block allocation domain, the allocated at least one resource block, where the allocated at least one resource block is located in the available transmission bandwidth.
结合第五方面的第八种至第十一种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十二种可能的实现方式中,所述DCI还包括资源分配方式标识域;With the possible implementation of any one of the eighth to the eleventh aspects of the fifth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation, the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field;
所述获取单元,用于根据所述资源分配方式标识域确定所述资源分配方式为连续资源块分配或者非连续资源块分配。The acquiring unit is configured to determine, according to the resource allocation manner identifier field, that the resource allocation manner is a continuous resource block allocation or a discontinuous resource block allocation.
结合第五方面或者第五方面的第一种至第十二种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十三种可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元,用于确定搜索空间,所述搜索空间为CSS和/或GSS,所述CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个CCE组成,所述GSS由所述下行控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整数;With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the twelfth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a thirteenth possible implementation manner, the receiving unit is configured to determine a search space, The search space is CSS and/or GSS, and the CSS is composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and N is greater than 1. Positive integer
所述接收单元,还用于在所述搜索空间内获取所述DCI。The receiving unit is further configured to acquire the DCI in the search space.
结合第五方面的第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十四种可能的实现方式中,所述GSS和所述CSS连续分布,则所述GSS包含的CCE的编号为:With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fourteenth possible implementation manner, the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, and the number of CCEs included in the GSS is:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选 PDCCH的数量,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量,NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE的数量,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
结合第五方面的第十三种可能的实现方式,在第十五种可能的实现方式中,所述GSS是根据小区无线网络临时标识G-NRT1确定的,则所述GSS包含的CCE的编号为;With reference to the thirteenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the fifteenth possible implementation manner, the GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the number of the CCE included in the GSS is for;
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNT1≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙序号,nRNT1为G-NRT1值,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS, Y k = (A·Y k-1 ) mod D, Y -1 = n RNT1 ≠ 0, A = 39827, D = 65537, n s is the slot number of a radio frame, n RNT1 is the G-NRT1 value, and L is 4 or 8.
结合第五方面的第十三种至第十五种中任一种可能的实现方式,在第十六种可能的实现方式中,所述接收单元,用于在第一子帧集上检测GSS,其中,所述第一子帧集中的子帧满足(10×nf+nsbf-nOFFSET)modM=0,nf表示系统帧号,nsbf表示子帧号,nOFFSET表示偏移子帧号。With reference to the possible implementation of any one of the thirteenth to fifteenth aspects of the fifth aspect, in the sixteenth possible implementation, the receiving unit is configured to detect the GSS on the first subframe set , wherein the subframe in the first subframe set satisfies (10×n f +n sbf −n OFFSET ) modM=0, n f represents a system frame number, n sbf represents a subframe number, and n OFFSET represents an offset subframe. Frame number.
本发明第六方面提供一种终端设备,包括处理器、存储器以及接收器,其中,所述存储器中存储一组程序代码,且所述处理器调用所述存储器中存储的程序代码,用于执行以下操作:通过所述接收器接收网络设备发送的DCI,所述DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同;A sixth aspect of the present invention provides a terminal device, including a processor, a memory, and a receiver, wherein the memory stores a set of program codes, and the processor calls program code stored in the memory for execution The following operations: receiving, by the receiver, a DCI sent by a network device, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A;
从所述DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,所述PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式;Obtaining scheduling information for PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner;
根据所述调度信息通过所述接收器接收所述网络设备发送的所述PDSCH。Receiving, by the receiver, the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information.
本发明第七方面提供一种控制信息的传输系统,其特征在于,包括第三方面所述的控制信息的传输装置和第五方面所述的控制信息的传输装置。A seventh aspect of the present invention provides a transmission system for control information, comprising: a transmission device for control information according to the third aspect; and a transmission device for control information according to the fifth aspect.
本发明实施例中,网络设备通过配置DCI,其中DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数和DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式,向至少一个终端设备发送DCI,并向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH,可在SC-PTM传输中采 用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式。In the embodiment of the present invention, the network device configures the DCI, where the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH transmission, the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or non- Continuing resource block allocation mode, sending DCI to at least one terminal device, and transmitting PDSCH to at least one terminal device, which can be adopted in SC-PTM transmission Use large delay loop delay diversity transmission mode or discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍,显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present invention or the technical solutions in the prior art, the drawings to be used in the embodiments will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some of the present invention. For the embodiments, those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings according to the drawings without any creative work.
图1为本发明第一实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输方法的流程示意图;1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a first embodiment of the present invention;
图2为本发明第二实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输方法的流程示意图;2 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a second embodiment of the present invention;
图3为本发明第三实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输方法的流程示意图;3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a third embodiment of the present invention;
图4为本发明第四实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention;
图5为本发明第一实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输装置的结构示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting control information according to a first embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图6为本发明实施例中提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本发明第二实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输装置的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting control information according to a second embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图8为本发明实施例中提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本发明实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输系统的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a transmission system for controlling information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。 The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
传统的控制信息的传输方法中,对于SC-PTM,网络设备可以配置三种下行传输模式:单天线端口,发射分集和大时延循环延迟分集。以LTE系统为例,终端设备在接收下行数据之前,需要获取网络设备配置给终端设备的调度信息(scheduling information),如时频资源分配方式或者调制编码方式等,其中调度信息位于DCI中。为了支持单天线端口,发射分集和大时延循环延迟分集,目前的DCI包括三种格式:DCI format 1A、DCI format 1以及DCI format 2A。其中,DCI format 1A用于一个PDSCH码字(codeword)的紧致调度(compact scheduling)。其中,“一个PDSCH码字”说明DCI format 1A用于单天线端口和发射分集,“紧致调度”表示DCI format 1A采用的资源分配方式为资源分配方式2。DCI format 1用于单天线端口或发射分集,采用的资源分配方式为资源分配方式0或者1。DCI format 2A用于大时延循环延迟分集,采用的资源分配方式为资源分配方式0或者1。目前的资源分配方式包括:资源分配方式0、1或者2。对于资源分配方式0,资源块分配信息包括1个位图(bitmap),该位图指示分配的至少一个资源块组(Resource Block Group,RBG),一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,P=1、2、3、或者4。对于资源分配方式1,资源块分配信息指示分配的集中式虚拟资源块(localized virtual RB,LVRB),分配的LVRB属于一个RBG子集中,该一个RBG子集是P个RBG子集中的一个。对于资源分配方式2,资源块分配信息指示连续的资源块分配,资源块可以是LVRB或分布式虚拟资源块(distributed virtual RB,DVRB)。则DCI Format 1A可以用于指示连续资源块分配,DCI Format 1和DCI Format 2A可以用于指示非连续资源块分配。由于对于SC-PTM传输的DCI是配置给一组终端设备的,只能使用位于CSS的PDCCH承载该DCI。另外,承载DCI Format 1和DCI Format 2A的PDCCH不能位于CSS,只能位于UESS。因此,对于SC-PTM传输,网络设备不能配置DCI Format 1和DCI Format 2A,则网络设备不能配置大时延循环延迟分集,也不能配置非连续资源块分配。In the traditional method of transmitting control information, for SC-PTM, the network device can be configured with three downlink transmission modes: single antenna port, transmit diversity, and large delay cyclic delay diversity. The LTE system is used as an example. Before receiving the downlink data, the terminal device needs to obtain the scheduling information, such as the time-frequency resource allocation mode or the modulation and coding mode, configured by the network device, where the scheduling information is located in the DCI. In order to support single antenna port, transmit diversity and large delay cyclic delay diversity, the current DCI includes three formats: DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 and DCI format 2A. Among them, DCI format 1A is used for compact scheduling of a PDSCH codeword. The "one PDSCH codeword" indicates that the DCI format 1A is used for the single antenna port and the transmit diversity, and the "compact scheduling" indicates that the resource allocation mode adopted by the DCI format 1A is the resource allocation mode 2. DCI format 1 is used for single antenna port or transmit diversity. The resource allocation mode is resource allocation mode 0 or 1. The DCI format 2A is used for large-latency cyclic delay diversity, and the resource allocation mode adopted is resource allocation mode 0 or 1. The current resource allocation method includes: resource allocation mode 0, 1, or 2. For the resource allocation mode 0, the resource block allocation information includes one bitmap, the bitmap indicates at least one resource block group (RBG) allocated, and one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs, P= 1, 2, 3, or 4. For the resource allocation mode 1, the resource block allocation information indicates the allocated localized virtual resource RB (LVRB), and the allocated LVRB belongs to one RBG subset, and the one RBG subset is one of the P RBG subsets. For resource allocation mode 2, the resource block allocation information indicates a continuous resource block allocation, and the resource block may be an LVRB or a distributed virtual resource block (DVRB). Then DCI Format 1A can be used to indicate continuous resource block allocation, and DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A can be used to indicate non-contiguous resource block allocation. Since the DCI for the SC-PTM transmission is configured for a group of terminal devices, the DCI can only be carried by using the PDCCH located in the CSS. In addition, the PDCCH carrying DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A cannot be located in the CSS and can only be located in the UESS. Therefore, for SC-PTM transmission, the network device cannot configure DCI Format 1 and DCI Format 2A, then the network device cannot configure large delay cyclic delay diversity, nor can it configure non-contiguous resource block allocation.
本发明实施例提供了一种控制信息的传输方法,网络设备通过配置DCI,其中DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源 块分配方式,向至少一个终端设备发送DCI,进而向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH,可在SC-PTM传输中采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式。The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting control information. The network device configures DCI, where the DCI is used for scheduling PDSCH transmission. The number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission uses a large delay loop. Delay diversity transmission mode and/or non-contiguous resources In the block allocation mode, the DCI is sent to the at least one terminal device, and then the PDSCH is sent to the at least one terminal device, and the large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or the discontinuous resource block allocation mode may be adopted in the SC-PTM transmission.
应理解,本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通过调度进行数据传输的无线通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)或全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统等。但为描述方便,下述实施例将以LTE系统为例进行说明。It should be understood that the technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to various wireless communication systems for performing data transmission by scheduling, for example, Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division Multiple Access) , CDMA) system, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (Frequency Division Duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS) or Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system Wait. However, for convenience of description, the following embodiments will be described by taking an LTE system as an example.
还应理解,在本发明实施例中,网络设备可以为基站,进一步的,基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB),具体不受本发明实施例的限制。本发明实施例所涉及到的终端设备可以包括具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的用户设备(User Equipment,UE),移动台(Mobile station,MS),终端(terminal)等。为方便描述,本发明后续实施例中统一称为终端设备。It should also be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the network device may be a base station, and further, the base station may be a base station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA. It may also be an evolved base station (eNB) in LTE, which is not specifically limited by the embodiment of the present invention. The terminal device involved in the embodiments of the present invention may include a handheld device having a wireless communication function, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a computing device, or other processing device connected to the wireless modem, and various forms of user equipment (User Equipment, UE), mobile station (MS), terminal, etc. For convenience of description, the subsequent embodiments of the present invention are collectively referred to as terminal devices.
请参见图1,图1为本发明第一实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输方法的流程示意图,如图所示本发明实施例中的控制信息的传输方法可以包括:Referring to FIG. 1 , FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a first embodiment of the present invention. The method for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
S101,网络设备配置DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。S101: The network device configures DCI, and the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission. The number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
优选地,网络设备可以配置DCI。其中,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。 Preferably, the network device can configure the DCI. The DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission. The number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
可选地,网络设备可以配置DCI。其中,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。DCI format 1C用于一个PDSCH码字的非常紧致调度。Alternatively, the network device can configure the DCI. The DCI is used for scheduling PDSCH transmission. The number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1C, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode. DCI format 1C is used for very tight scheduling of a PDSCH codeword.
可选地,网络设备可以配置DCI。其中,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用闭环空分复用(closed-loop spatial multiplexing)方案和/或非连续资源块分配方式。为了描述方便,如无特殊说明,涉及到大时延循环延迟分集方案的实施例都可以用于闭环空分复用。Alternatively, the network device can configure the DCI. The DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission. The number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C. The PDSCH transmission uses a closed-loop spatial multiplexing scheme and/or a non-contiguous resource. Block allocation method. For convenience of description, embodiments involving a large delay cyclic delay diversity scheme can be used for closed loop space division multiplexing unless otherwise specified.
进一步可选地,PDSCH传输采用的大时延循环延迟分集传输模式可以包括大时延循环延迟分集传输方案和/或发射分集传输方案。Further optionally, the large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode adopted by the PDSCH transmission may include a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme and/or a transmit diversity transmission scheme.
需要说明的是,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同,可避免终端设备增加CSS中的PDCCH盲检测次数。It should be noted that the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C, which can prevent the terminal device from increasing the number of PDCCH blind detections in the CSS.
若DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,该DCI可仍称为DCI format 1A,或,称为其它DCI format,例如DCI format 1M。网络设备会重新定义DCI format 1A里包含的信息比特的含义,使重定义后的DCI format 1A包含的信息比特为该DCI的信息比特,可以用于指示大时延循环延迟分集传输和/或非连续资源块分配。其中,被重定义的信息比特可以是有用信息比特,也可以是无用信息比特。对于SC-PTM传输,如果不支持重传,终端设备不需要向网络设备上报PDSCH是否接收正确,即不需要上报混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request,HARQ)反馈信息。因此,和HARQ反馈相关的信息域都是无用的,如:HARQ进程号(HARQ process number),新数据指示(New data indicator,NDI),冗余版本(Redundancy version,RV),用于PUCCH的TPC命令(TPC command for PUCCH),下行分配索引(Downlink Assignment Index,DAI)(只存在于TDD系统)。另外,因为DCI format 0指示的是上行调度信息,而SC-PTM传输为下行传输,所以用于区分format 0和format 1A的标识(Flag for format0/format1A differentiation)也是无用的。因此,FDD系统中,至少有9个比特是多余的;TDD系统中,至少有11个比特是多余的。对于SC-PTM传输,当支持重传,但是终端设备不需要 向网络设备上报HARQ反馈信息时,DCI还是需要包括HARQ进程号(可以是1,2,3或4比特),NDI,RV中的至少一个信息域。本发明实施例可以利用这些多余的信息比特来指示大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配下所需要的信息。If the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, the DCI may still be referred to as DCI format 1A, or as another DCI format, such as DCI format 1M. The network device redefines the meaning of the information bits contained in DCI format 1A, so that the information bits included in the redefined DCI format 1A are information bits of the DCI, which can be used to indicate large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission and/or non- Continuous resource block allocation. The information bits that are redefined may be useful information bits or useless information bits. For the SC-PTM transmission, if the retransmission is not supported, the terminal device does not need to report to the network device whether the PDSCH is correctly received, that is, the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) feedback information is not required to be reported. Therefore, the information fields related to the HARQ feedback are useless, such as: HARQ process number, New data indicator (NDI), Redundancy version (RV), for PUCCH. TPC command for PUCCH, Downlink Assignment Index (DAI) (only exists in TDD systems). In addition, since DCI format 0 indicates uplink scheduling information and SC-PTM transmission is downlink transmission, the flag for distinguishing between format 0 and format 1A (Flag for format0/format1A differentiation) is also useless. Therefore, at least 9 bits are redundant in an FDD system; at least 11 bits are redundant in a TDD system. For SC-PTM transmission, when retransmission is supported, but the terminal device does not need When reporting the HARQ feedback information to the network device, the DCI still needs to include at least one information field of the HARQ process ID (which may be 1, 2, 3 or 4 bits), NDI, and RV. Embodiments of the present invention may utilize these redundant information bits to indicate information required for a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a non-contiguous resource block allocation.
若DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同,该DCI可仍称为DCI format 1C,或,称为其它DCI format,例如DCI format 1M。因为DCI format 1C包含的信息比特数少,所以通常没有无用信息比特。网络设备需要预先设定一些规则或重新定义有用信息比特,使该DCI可以用于指示大时延循环延迟分集传输和/或非连续资源块分配。If the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1C, the DCI may still be referred to as DCI format 1C, or as another DCI format, such as DCI format 1M. Since DCI format 1C contains a small number of information bits, there is usually no useless information bits. The network device needs to pre-set some rules or redefine the useful information bits so that the DCI can be used to indicate large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission and/or non-contiguous resource block allocation.
在可选实施例中,大时延循环延迟分集支持2个传输块(transport block,TB),即2个码字。因此,DCI为了指示PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式,需要包括用于指示2个传输块对应的调制与编码方案(Modulation and coding scheme,MCS)的信息域。In an alternative embodiment, the large delay cyclic delay diversity supports 2 transport blocks (TB), ie 2 code words. Therefore, in order to indicate that the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode, the DCI needs to include an information field for indicating a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) corresponding to two transport blocks.
例如,DCI可以包括一个MCS域,该MCS域用于指示两个传输块所采用的MCS,其中两个传输块采用相同的MCS。优选的,该MCS域的信息比特数可以为5比特,即该MCS域的负载(payload)大小为5比特。目前,DCI format 2A包括2个MCS域,各个MCS域的信息比特数均为5比特,则所有MCS域的信息比特数总和为10比特,本发明实施例中DCI包括的MCS域的信息比特数少于DCI format 2A包括的MCS域的信息比特数,可节省DCI开销。该方法适合于DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同的情况。For example, the DCI may include an MCS field that is used to indicate the MCS employed by the two transport blocks, where the two transport blocks use the same MCS. Preferably, the number of information bits of the MCS domain may be 5 bits, that is, the payload size of the MCS domain is 5 bits. At present, the DCI format 2A includes two MCS domains, and the number of information bits of each MCS domain is 5 bits, and the total number of information bits of all MCS domains is 10 bits. In the embodiment of the present invention, the number of information bits of the MCS domain included in the DCI is Less than the number of information bits of the MCS domain included in the DCI format 2A, the DCI overhead can be saved. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C.
又如,DCI可以包括2个MCS域,上述2个MCS域分别为第一MCS域和第二MCS域,其中,第一MCS域用于指示传输块1(即第一传输块)所采用的MCS,第二MCS域用于指示传输块2(即第二传输块)所采用的MCS,第一MCS域的信息比特数和第二MCS域的信息比特数相同,例如5比特、4比特、3比特或者2比特等。该方法适合于DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同的情况。For another example, the DCI may include two MCS domains, where the two MCS domains are a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where the first MCS domain is used to indicate that the transport block 1 (ie, the first transport block) is used. MCS, the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2 (ie, the second transport block), and the number of information bits of the first MCS domain is the same as the number of information bits of the second MCS domain, for example, 5 bits, 4 bits, 3 bits or 2 bits, etc. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
又如,DCI可以包括2个MCS域,上述2个MCS域分别为第一MCS域和第二MCS域,其中,第二MCS域的信息比特数少于第一MCS域的信息比 特数。例如,当第一MCS域的信息比特数为5时,第二MCS域的信息比特数可以为1、2、3或者4。优选地,第一MCS域用于指示传输块1所采用的MCS,第二MCS域用于指示传输块2所采用的MCS,传输块2所采用的MCS是通过第一MCS域的取值与第二MCS域的取值相加得到的。可选地,第一MCS域用于指示传输块2所采用的MCS,第二MCS域用于指示传输块1所采用的MCS,传输块1所采用的MCS是通过第一MCS域的取值与第二MCS域的取值相加得到的。示例性的,当第一MCS域的取值为5,且第二MCS域的取值为2时,可以得知传输块1所采用的MCS为5,传输块2所采用的MCS为7。相比上述方法中第一MCS域的信息比特数和第二MCS域的信息比特数相同,本发明实施例可以节省DCI开销。该方法适合于DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同的情况。For example, the DCI may include two MCS domains, where the two MCS domains are the first MCS domain and the second MCS domain, respectively, wherein the information bits of the second MCS domain are smaller than the information ratio of the first MCS domain. Special number. For example, when the number of information bits of the first MCS domain is 5, the number of information bits of the second MCS domain may be 1, 2, 3 or 4. Preferably, the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1, and the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2. The MCS used by the transport block 2 is determined by the value of the first MCS field. The values of the second MCS field are added together. Optionally, the first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2, the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1, and the MCS used by the transport block 1 is determined by the value of the first MCS domain. Added to the value of the second MCS field. Exemplarily, when the value of the first MCS field is 5 and the value of the second MCS field is 2, it can be known that the MCS used by the transport block 1 is 5, and the MCS used by the transport block 2 is 7. Compared with the information bit number of the first MCS domain and the information bit number of the second MCS domain, the embodiment of the present invention can save the DCI overhead. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
在可选实施例中,为了支持大时延循环延迟分集,网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH之前,可以根据预设映射关系配置传输块到码字的映射。其中,预设映射关系可以为:当PDSCH采用两个传输块传输时,传输块1对应码字0且传输块2对应码字1,或者传输块2对应码字0且传输块1对应码字1。当PDSCH采用传输块1传输时,传输块1对应码字0。当PDSCH采用传输块2传输时,传输块2对应码字0。因此,网络设备无需配置DCI包括传输块到码字交换标识(Transport block to codeword swap flag)域,可节省DCI开销。该方法适合于DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同的情况。In an optional embodiment, in order to support the large-latency cyclic delay diversity, before the network device sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device, the mapping of the transport block to the codeword may be configured according to a preset mapping relationship. The preset mapping relationship may be: when the PDSCH is transmitted by using two transport blocks, the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 1, or the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword. 1. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 1, the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 2, the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0. Therefore, the network device does not need to configure the DCI including the transport block to codeword swap flag domain, which can save DCI overhead. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C.
在可选实施例中,为了支持大时延循环延迟分集,DCI可以包括传输块到码字交换标识域,其中传输块到码字交换标识域用于指示传输块和码字的映射关系。该域的信息比特数为1。该方法适合于DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同的情况。示例性的,当PDSCH采用两个传输块传输时,传输块到码字的映射关系可以如表一所示:In an alternative embodiment, to support large delay cyclic delay diversity, the DCI may include a transport block to codeword exchange identification field, wherein the transport block to codeword exchange identification field is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword. The number of information bits in this field is 1. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A. Exemplarily, when the PDSCH is transmitted by using two transport blocks, the mapping relationship of the transport block to the codeword can be as shown in Table 1:
表一Table I
当传输块到码字交换标识的比特值为0时,传输块1对应码字0且传输块2对应码字1。当传输块到码字交换标识的比特值为1时,传输块2对应码字0且传输块1对应码字1。When the bit value of the transport block to codeword exchange identifier is 0, transport block 1 corresponds to codeword 0 and transport block 2 corresponds to codeword 1. When the bit value of the transport block to codeword exchange identifier is 1, transport block 2 corresponds to codeword 0 and transport block 1 corresponds to codeword 1.
示例性的,当PDSCH采用一个传输块传输时,传输块到码字的映射关系可以如表二所示:Exemplarily, when the PDSCH is transmitted by using one transport block, the mapping relationship of the transport block to the codeword can be as shown in Table 2:
表二Table II
当PDSCH采用传输块1传输时,传输块1对应码字0。当PDSCH采用传输块2传输时,传输块2对应码字0。When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 1, the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 2, the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0.
在可选实施例中,网络设备配置DCI之前,可以配置PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,并配置PDSCH传输采用2根发射天线。则网络设备无需配置DCI包括预编码信息(Precoding information)域,本发明实施例可以节省DCI开销。该方法适合于DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同的情况。In an optional embodiment, before the network device configures the DCI, the transmission scheme of the PDSCH may be configured as a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the PDSCH transmission is configured to adopt two transmit antennas. The network device does not need to configure the DCI to include a precoding information (Precoding Information) field, and the embodiment of the present invention can save the DCI overhead. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C.
在可选实施例中,DCI可以包括预编码信息域。该预编码信息域用于指示层(layer)数。具体实现中,当PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,且网络设备配置发射天线的数量为2时,网络设备无需配置DCI包括预编码信息域。当PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,且网络设备配置发射天线的数量为4时,网络设备配置DCI包括信息比特数为2的预编码信息域。该方法适合于DCI的信息比特数和DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同的情况。In an alternative embodiment, the DCI may include a precoding information field. The precoding information field is used to indicate the number of layers. In a specific implementation, when the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is a large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the number of the transmitting antennas configured by the network device is 2, the network device does not need to configure the DCI to include the precoding information domain. When the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the number of transmission antennas configured by the network device is 4, the network device configuration DCI includes a precoding information field having the information bit number 2. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI and the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A are the same.
在可选实施例中,当网络设备配置PDSCH的下行传输模式为传输模式3(即大时延循环延迟分集传输模式)时,DCI可以包括传输方案标识域,传输方案标识域用于标识PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。传输方案标识域的信息比特数为1。当传输方案标识域的取值为1时,PDSCH采用大时延循环延迟分集传输方案;当传输方案标识域的取值为0时, PDSCH采用发射分集传输方案。或者,当传输方案标识域的取值为0时,PDSCH采用大时延循环延迟分集传输方案;当传输方案标识域的取值为1时,PDSCH采用发射分集传输方案。该方法适合于DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同的情况。In an optional embodiment, when the network device configures the downlink transmission mode of the PDSCH to be the transmission mode 3 (ie, the large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode), the DCI may include a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier field is used to identify the PDSCH. The transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. The number of information bits of the transmission scheme identification field is 1. When the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 1, the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme; when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 0, The PDSCH employs a transmit diversity transmission scheme. Or, when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 0, the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme; when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 1, the PDSCH adopts a transmit diversity transmission scheme. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C.
需要说明的是,当传输方案标识域指示PDSCH采用发射分集传输方案时,只有一个传输块被使用。优选地,当传输方案标识域指示PDSCH采用发射分集传输方案时,传输块1被使用。优选地,当传输方案标识域指示PDSCH采用大时延循环延迟分集方案时,传输块1和传输块2都被使用。优选地,当网络设备配置DCI包括一个MCS域,MCS域用于指示两个传输块所采用的MCS,两个传输块采用相同的MCS时,网络设备可以配置DCI包括传输方案标识域,传输方案标识域用于标识PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。优选地,网络设备配置DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域,其中第一MCS域用于指示传输块1所采用的MCS,第二MCS域用于指示传输块2所采用的MCS,第二MCS域的信息比特数少于第一MCS域的信息比特数时,网络设备可以配置DCI包括传输方案标识域,传输方案标识域用于标识PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。It should be noted that when the transmission scheme identifier field indicates that the PDSCH adopts the transmit diversity transmission scheme, only one transport block is used. Preferably, transport block 1 is used when the transmission scheme identification field indicates that the PDSCH employs a transmit diversity transmission scheme. Preferably, when the transmission scheme identification field indicates that the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity scheme, both the transport block 1 and the transport block 2 are used. Preferably, when the network device configuration DCI includes one MCS domain, and the MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the two transport blocks, when the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS, the network device may configure the DCI to include the transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme The identification scheme is used to identify the transmission scheme of the PDSCH as large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. Preferably, the network device configuration DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where the first MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1, and the second MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2, When the number of information bits of the second MCS domain is less than the number of information bits of the first MCS domain, the network device may configure the DCI to include a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier field is used to identify the transmission scheme of the PDSCH as a large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmission. separation.
优选地,网络设备可以将单播PDSCH传输时用于区分DCI format 0和DCI format 1A的标识域定义为组播PDSCH传输时用于区分大时延循环延迟分集和发射分集的传输方案标识域。Preferably, the network device may define an identification field used to distinguish between DCI format 0 and DCI format 1A when transmitting unicast PDSCH as a transmission scheme identification field used to distinguish between large delay cyclic delay diversity and transmit diversity during multicast PDSCH transmission.
在可选实施例中,当网络设备配置PDSCH传输采用发射分集传输方案时,可以配置PDSCH传输采用一个码字。当网络设备配置PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集时,可以配置PDSCH传输采用二个码字。也就是说,当网络设备配置的DCI指示PDSCH传输采用一个码字或一个传输块时,可以得知PDSCH传输采用发射分集传输方案;当网络设备配置的DCI指示PDSCH传输采用二个码字或两个传输块时,可以得知PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集。需要说明的是,当网络设备配置4根发射天线时,不仅需要配置DCI指示PDSCH传输采用一个码字,而且需要配置预编码信息域指示PDSCH传输采用发射分集传输方案。In an alternative embodiment, when the network device configures the PDSCH transmission to employ a transmit diversity transmission scheme, the PDSCH transmission can be configured to employ one codeword. When the network device configures PDSCH transmission to use large delay cyclic delay diversity, it can be configured to use two codewords for PDSCH transmission. That is, when the DCI configured by the network device indicates that the PDSCH transmission adopts one codeword or one transport block, it can be known that the PDSCH transmission adopts a transmit diversity transmission scheme; when the DCI configured by the network device indicates that the PDSCH transmission adopts two codewords or two When transporting blocks, it can be known that PDSCH transmission uses large delay cyclic delay diversity. It should be noted that when the network device is configured with four transmit antennas, not only the DCI needs to be configured to indicate that the PDSCH transmission adopts one codeword, but also the precoding information field needs to be configured to indicate that the PDSCH transmission adopts a transmit diversity transmission scheme.
优选地,网络设备配置DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域,其中第一 MCS域用于指示传输块1所采用的MCS,第二MCS域用于指示传输块2所采用的MCS时,当第一MCS域的取值为29、30或31时,传输块1不被使用,当第二MCS域的取值为29、30或31时,传输块2不被使用。该方法适合于DCI的信息比特数和DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同的情况。Preferably, the network device configuration DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where the first The MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1. When the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2, when the value of the first MCS field is 29, 30 or 31, the transport block 1 is not Use, when the value of the second MCS field is 29, 30 or 31, the transport block 2 is not used. This method is suitable for the case where the number of information bits of the DCI and the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C are the same.
在可选实施例中,网络设备可以配置DCI,以便DCI可以指示PDSCH传输采用非连续资源块分配方式。因为DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C包括的信息比特数有限,所以网络设备配置的DCI不能直接采用资源分配方式0和1。In an alternative embodiment, the network device may configure the DCI such that the DCI may indicate that the PDSCH transmission is in a discontinuous resource block allocation manner. Because DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C includes a limited number of information bits, the DCI configured by the network device cannot directly adopt resource allocation modes 0 and 1.
例如,网络设备配置的DCI可以包括资源块分配域,资源块分配域包括一个位图,位图用于指示分配的至少一个RBG,一个RBG由Q个连续的LVRB组成,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。该资源块分配域的信息比特数可以为:其中,为下行系统带宽。示例性的,P的取值可以如表三所示:For example, the DCI of the network device configuration may include a resource block allocation domain, the resource block allocation domain includes a bitmap, the bitmap is used to indicate the allocated at least one RBG, and one RBG is composed of Q consecutive LVRBs, where Q is greater than P. The integer, P = 1, 2, 3 or 4. The number of information bits of the resource block allocation domain may be: among them, For downstream system bandwidth. Exemplarily, the value of P can be as shown in Table 3:
表三Table 3
当下行系统带宽小于或者等于10RB(资源块)时,P的取值为1;当下行系统带宽大于或者等于11RB,且小于或者等于26RB时,P的取值为2;当下行系统带宽大于或者等于27RB,且小于或者等于63RB时,P的取值为3;下行系统带宽大于或者等于64RB,且小于或者等于110RB时,P的取值为4。When the downlink system bandwidth is less than or equal to 10 RBs (resource blocks), the value of P is 1; when the downlink system bandwidth is greater than or equal to 11 RBs and less than or equal to 26 RBs, the value of P is 2; when the downlink system bandwidth is greater than or When the value is equal to 27 RB and less than or equal to 63 RB, the value of P is 3. When the downlink system bandwidth is greater than or equal to 64 RB and less than or equal to 110 RB, the value of P is 4.
需要说明的是,对于上述该种资源分配方式,当资源块分配域指示分配了一个RBG时,或者,当资源块分配域指示分配了多个连续RBG时,虽然PDSCH传输在频域上是连续的,但是PDSCH传输仍然可看做是采用了非连续资源块分配方式。It should be noted that, for the foregoing resource allocation manner, when the resource block allocation field indicates that one RBG is allocated, or when the resource block allocation field indicates that multiple consecutive RBGs are allocated, although the PDSCH transmission is continuous in the frequency domain. However, PDSCH transmission can still be regarded as a non-contiguous resource block allocation method.
又如,网络设备配置的DCI可以包括资源块分配域,资源块分配域用于 指示分配的一个或多个LVRB,该一个或多个LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,该一个RBG子集是Q个RBG子集中的一个,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。该资源块分配域的信息比特数可以为:示例性的,P的取值可以如上述表三所示。For another example, the DCI of the network device configuration may include a resource block allocation field, where the resource block allocation field is used to indicate one or more allocated LVRBs, and the one or more LVRBs are located in one RBG subset, and the one RBG subset is Q. One of the RBG subsets, where Q is an integer greater than P, P = 1, 2, 3, or 4. The number of information bits of the resource block allocation domain may be: Exemplarily, the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
需要说明的是,对于上述该种资源分配方式,当资源块分配域指示分配了一个RBG时,虽然PDSCH传输在频域上是连续的,但是PDSCH传输仍然可看做是采用了非连续资源块分配方式。It should be noted that, for the foregoing resource allocation mode, when the resource block allocation field indicates that one RBG is allocated, although the PDSCH transmission is continuous in the frequency domain, the PDSCH transmission can still be regarded as using the discontinuous resource block. Allocation.
又如,网络设备配置的DCI可以包括资源块分配域,资源块分配域用于指示两个资源块集,各个资源块集包括一个或多个连续的RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,P为正整数。优选地,P=1、2、3或者4。资源块分配域的信息比特数可以为:示例性的,P的取值可以如上述表三所示。For another example, the DCI of the network device configuration may include a resource block allocation domain, where the resource block allocation domain is used to indicate two resource block sets, each resource block set includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs. , P is a positive integer. Preferably, P = 1, 2, 3 or 4. The number of information bits of the resource block allocation field can be: Exemplarily, the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
又如,网络设备配置DCI之前,可以确定可用传输带宽,其中可用传输带宽小于下行系统带宽,进而配置DCI包括资源块分配域,资源块分配域指示的资源块位于可用传输带宽内。示例性的,网络设备配置的资源块分配域可以包括一个位图,位图用于指示分配的至少一个资源块组RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,P=1、2、3或者4。该资源块分配域的信息比特数可以为:其中,为确定的可用传输带宽。示例性的,网络设备配置的资源块分配域可以用于指示分配的LVRB,LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,RBG子集是P个RBG子集中的一个,P=1、2、3或者4。该资源块分配域的信息比特数可以为:其中,为确定的可用传输带宽。For another example, before the network device configures the DCI, the available transmission bandwidth may be determined, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than the downlink system bandwidth, and then the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the resource block indicated by the resource block allocation domain is located in the available transmission bandwidth. Exemplarily, the resource block allocation field of the network device configuration may include a bitmap, where the bitmap is used to indicate the allocated at least one resource block group RBG, and one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs, P=1, 2, 3 or 4. The number of information bits of the resource block allocation domain may be: among them, To determine the available transmission bandwidth. Exemplarily, the resource block allocation field of the network device configuration may be used to indicate the allocated LVRB, the LVRB is located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is one of the P RBG subsets, P=1, 2, 3 or 4. The number of information bits of the resource block allocation domain may be: among them, To determine the available transmission bandwidth.
进一步可选地,网络设备配置DCI之前,可以配置SC-PTM传输的可用传输带宽。例如,网络设备可以向至少一个终端设备发送第一信令,该第一信令包括指示SC-PTM传输的可用传输带宽的信息,该第一信令为高层信令或物理层信令。高层信令(High Layer Signaling)是相对物理层信令而言的,来自更高层面(layer)且发送频率更慢的信令,例如无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令或者媒体接入控制(Media Access Control,MAC)信令。Further optionally, before the network device configures the DCI, the available transmission bandwidth of the SC-PTM transmission may be configured. For example, the network device may send the first signaling to the at least one terminal device, the first signaling including information indicating an available transmission bandwidth of the SC-PTM transmission, the first signaling being high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. High Layer Signaling is signaling from a higher layer and with a slower transmission frequency, such as radio resource control (Radio Resource). Control, RRC) signaling or Media Access Control (MAC) signaling.
需要说明的是,为了灵活切换连续RB分配方式和非连续RB分配方式,网络设备配置的DCI可以包括资源分配方式标识域,资源分配方式标识域用于标识资源分配方式为连续资源块分配或者非连续资源块分配。优选地,该资源分配方式标识域的信息比特数为1。It should be noted that, in order to flexibly switch between the continuous RB allocation mode and the non-contiguous RB allocation mode, the DCI configured by the network device may include a resource allocation mode identifier field, and the resource allocation mode identifier field is used to identify the resource allocation mode as a continuous resource block allocation or non- Continuous resource block allocation. Preferably, the number of information bits of the resource allocation mode identifier field is 1.
进一步可选地,网络设备配置DCI之后,可以生成循环冗余校验(CRC,Cyclic Redundancy Check),并采用组无线网络临时标识(G-RNTI,Group Radio Network Temporary Identifiers)加扰该CRC,该CRC用于该DCI的差错检测(Error detection)。进一步可选地,网络设备采用G-RNTI加扰CRC之前,可以配置G-RNTI,并向至少一个终端设备发送第二信令,该第二信令包括指示该G-RNTI的信息,该第二信令为高层信令或物理层信令。Further, after the network device is configured with the DCI, a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) may be generated, and the CRC is scrambled by using a Group Radio Network Temporary Identifier (G-RNTI). The CRC is used for error detection of the DCI. Optionally, before the network device uses the G-RNTI to scramble the CRC, the G-RNTI may be configured, and the second signaling is sent to the at least one terminal device, where the second signaling includes information indicating the G-RNTI, where the The second signaling is high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
在可选实施例中,网络设备配置DCI之前,可以配置下行传输模式。可选地,对于不同的业务,网络设备可以配置不同的下行传输模式。可选地,对于同一个终端设备,网络设备配置组播PDSCH传输和单播PDSCH传输采用相同的下行传输模式。例如,对于同一个终端设备,网络设备配置组播PDSCH传输和单播PDSCH传输采用相同的传输模式3。进一步地,网络设备可以向至少一个终端设备发送第三信令,该第三信令包括用于指示下行传输模式的信息。第三信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。示例性的,下行传输模式可以如表四所示:In an optional embodiment, the downlink transmission mode may be configured before the network device configures the DCI. Optionally, for different services, the network device can configure different downlink transmission modes. Optionally, for the same terminal device, the network device configures the multicast downlink mode and the unicast PDSCH transmission to adopt the same downlink transmission mode. For example, for the same terminal device, the network device configures the multicast transmission mode and the unicast PDSCH transmission to use the same transmission mode 3. Further, the network device may send third signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the third signaling includes information for indicating a downlink transmission mode. The third signaling may be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. Exemplarily, the downlink transmission mode can be as shown in Table 4:
表四Table 4
当下行传输模式为传输模式1(即单天线端口传输模式)时,PDSCH传输方案可以为单天线端口;当下行传输模式为传输模式2(即发射分集传输模式)时,PDSCH传输方案可以为发射分集;当下行传输模式为传输模式3(即大时延循环延迟分集传输模式)时,PDSCH传输方案可以为大时延循环延迟 分集或者发射分集。When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1 (ie, the single antenna port transmission mode), the PDSCH transmission scheme may be a single antenna port; when the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 (ie, the transmit diversity transmission mode), the PDSCH transmission scheme may be a transmission. Diversity; when the downlink transmission mode is transmission mode 3 (ie, large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode), the PDSCH transmission scheme may be a large delay cyclic delay. Diversity or transmit diversity.
可选地,网络设备根据物理广播信道(Physical broadcast channel,PBCH)天线端口数来确定下行传输模式。当PBCH天线端口数为1,网络设备确定下行传输模式为传输模式1;当PBCH天线端口数大于1,网络设备确定下行传输模式为传输模式2或3。进一步地,网络设备可以向至少一个终端设备发送信令,该信令用于指示下行传输模式为传输模式2或3。该信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。Optionally, the network device determines the downlink transmission mode according to the number of physical broadcast channel (PBCH) antenna ports. When the number of PBCH antenna ports is 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3. Further, the network device may send signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3. The signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
可选地,网络设备根据PBCH天线端口数来确定传输方案。当PBCH天线端口数为1,网络设备确定下行传输方案为单天线端口传输;当PBCH天线端口数大于1,网络设备确定下行传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或发射分集。进一步地,网络设备可以向至少一个终端设备发送信令,该信令用于指示下行传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或发射分集。该信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。Optionally, the network device determines the transmission scheme according to the number of PBCH antenna ports. When the number of PBCH antenna ports is 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is single antenna port transmission; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. Further, the network device may send signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. The signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
S102,网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送DCI。S102. The network device sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device.
网络设备可以向至少一个终端设备发送配置的DCI。具体实现中,网络设备配置DCI之后,可以将承载于PDCCH的DCI发送给至少一个终端设备,PDCCH可以是版本(Rel)-8定义的PDCCH,也可以是Rel-11定义的增强物理下行控制信道(enhanced Physical Downlink Control CHannnel,ePDCCH),还可以是未来演进的PDCCH,具体不受本发明实施例的限制。优选地,DCI可以位于CSS。这样就不需要增加新的搜索空间,进而不会增加终端设备的盲检测次数。可选地,DCI可以位于CSS或组搜索空间(Group Search Space,GSS)。The network device can transmit the configured DCI to at least one terminal device. In a specific implementation, after the network device is configured with the DCI, the DCI carried by the PDCCH may be sent to the at least one terminal device, where the PDCCH may be a PDCCH defined by the version (Rel)-8 or an enhanced physical downlink control channel defined by the Rel-11. (Enhanced Physical Downlink Control CHannnel, ePDCCH), which may also be a future evolved PDCCH, which is not specifically limited by the embodiment of the present invention. Preferably, the DCI can be located in the CSS. This eliminates the need to add new search space and thus does not increase the number of blind detections of the terminal device. Alternatively, the DCI may be located in a CSS or a Group Search Space (GSS).
在可选实施例中,网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送DCI之前,可以配置搜索空间。例如,网络设备可以配置CSS。其中,CSS是传统LTE系统定义的CSS。网络设备可以配置CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个CCE组成,包含4个CCE聚合级为4的候选PDCCH和2个CCE聚合级为8的候选PDCCH。由于搜索空间是候选PDCCH集合,PDCCH是由CCE聚合而成,因此要确定聚合级别为L的搜索空间,需要确定组成搜索空间的CCE,其中,k为当前子帧号。具体地,组成CSS的CCE的编号可以为: In an alternative embodiment, the search space may be configured before the network device sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device. For example, a network device can configure CSS. Among them, CSS is a CSS defined by the traditional LTE system. The network device may be configured to be composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and include four candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 and two candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 8. Since the search space is a candidate PDCCH set, the PDCCH is aggregated by the CCE. Therefore, to determine the search space with the aggregation level of L, it is necessary to determine the constituent search space. CCE, where k is the current subframe number. Specifically, the number of the CCE constituting the CSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH个数。NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE总数。另外,下行控制区域包括NCCk个CCE,从0依次编号到NCCk-1,其中,每个CCE都有一个标识自己在下行控制区域中的位置的编号,需要说明的是,编号也可以称为序号,索引等。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L. N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs on subframe k. In addition, the downlink control area includes N CCk CCEs, which are sequentially numbered from 0 to N CCk -1, wherein each CCE has a number that identifies its position in the downlink control area, and it should be noted that the number may also be called For serial numbers, indexes, etc.
又如,网络设备可以配置GSS,其中,GSS由控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整数。优选地,包含个CCE聚合级为4的候选PDCCH和个CCE聚合级为8的候选PDCCH。For another example, the network device may be configured with a GSS, where the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. Preferably, including Candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 A candidate PDCCH with a CCE aggregation level of 8.
进一步可选的,网络设备配置GSS和CSS连续分布。优选地,组成GSS的CCE的编号可以为:Further optionally, the network device is configured to continuously distribute GSS and CSS. Preferably, the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH个数。为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量。NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE总数,L为4或者8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L. The number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L. N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs in subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
进一步可选的,网络设备配置GSS和CSS非连续分布。优选地,组成GSS的CCE的编号可以为:Further optionally, the network device configures the GSS and the CSS to be discontinuously distributed. Preferably, the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
其中,n为正整数。Where n is a positive integer.
进一步可选的,网络设备根据G-RNTI确定GSS。优选地,组成GSS的CCE的编号可以为:Further optionally, the network device determines the GSS according to the G-RNTI. Preferably, the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNTI≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙(slot)序号,nRNTI为G-RNTI值。或者,其中Y-1=F(nRNTI,n)≠0,F(k)表示某种函数。优选地,L为4或8。 Where i=0,...,L-1, Y k =(A·Y k-1 )mod D, Y -1 =n RNTI ≠0, A=39827, D=65537, n s is the slot number of one radio frame, and n RNTI is the G-RNTI value. Or, where Y -1 = F(n RNTI , n) ≠ 0, F(k) represents a certain function. Preferably, L is 4 or 8.
进一步可选的,网络设备配置GSS之后,终端设备需要监测CSS,UESS和GSS,将增加对PDCCH的盲检测次数。为了保证最大PDCCH盲检测次数不变或降低盲检测次数,网络设备可以配置第一子帧集,并在第一子帧集上配置GSS。其中,第一子帧集中的子帧满足(10×nf+nsbf-nOFFSET)mod M=0。nf表示系统帧号SFN,nsbf表示子帧号,nOFFSET表示偏移子帧号。Further, after the network device is configured with the GSS, the terminal device needs to monitor the CSS, the UESS, and the GSS, and the number of blind detections on the PDCCH is increased. To ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced, the network device may configure a first subframe set and configure GSS on the first subframe set. The subframe in the first subframe set satisfies (10×n f +n sbf −n OFFSET ) mod M=0. n f denotes a system frame number SFN, n sbf denotes a subframe number, and n OFFSET denotes an offset subframe number.
当配置信息里面配置了多个子帧偏移时,表示在一个分配周期内,第一子帧集中包括多个下行子帧/特殊子帧。When multiple subframe offsets are configured in the configuration information, it indicates that the first subframe set includes multiple downlink subframes/special subframes in one allocation period.
进一步可选地,对于需要接收承载于PDSCH的组播数据的终端设备,网络设备在第一子帧集上不配置该终端设备的UESS,即该终端设备只需要在非第一子帧集上的子帧检测UESS。本发明实施例可保证最大PDCCH盲检测次数不变或降低盲检测次数。Further, for the terminal device that needs to receive the multicast data that is carried on the PDSCH, the network device does not configure the UESS of the terminal device on the first subframe set, that is, the terminal device only needs to be on the non-first subframe set. The subframe detects the UESS. The embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
进一步可选的,网络设备可以配置sUESS,其中sUESS小于UESS。对于需要接收承载于PDSCH的组播数据的终端设备,终端设备只需要检测sUESS,不需要检测UESS。本发明实施例可保证最大PDCCH盲检测次数不变或降低盲检测次数。Further optionally, the network device can be configured with sUESS, where sUESS is smaller than UESS. For a terminal device that needs to receive multicast data carried on the PDSCH, the terminal device only needs to detect the sUESS, and does not need to detect the UESS. The embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
S103,网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH。S103. The network device sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device.
网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送DCI之后,可以向上述各个终端设备发送PDSCH。具体实现中,网络设备可以将承载于PDSCH的数据发送给至少一个终端设备。优选地,承载于PDSCH的数据是组播数据,该PDSCH可以称为组播PDSCH。可选地,承载于PDSCH的数据可以为组播数据、广播数据或者单播数据等,具体不受本发明实施例的限制。After the network device sends the DCI to the at least one terminal device, the PDSCH may be sent to each of the foregoing terminal devices. In a specific implementation, the network device may send data that is carried on the PDSCH to at least one terminal device. Preferably, the data carried on the PDSCH is multicast data, and the PDSCH may be referred to as a multicast PDSCH. Optionally, the data carried in the PDSCH may be multicast data, broadcast data, or unicast data, etc., and is not specifically limited by the embodiment of the present invention.
在图1所示的控制信息的传输方法中,网络设备配置DCI,其中DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式,向至少一个终端设备发送DCI,向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH,可在SC-PTM传输中采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式。In the method for transmitting control information shown in FIG. 1, the network device configures DCI, where DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, the number of information bits of DCI is the same as the number of information bits of DCI format 1A, and PDSCH transmission uses large delay cyclic delay diversity. a transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner, transmitting DCI to at least one terminal device, transmitting a PDSCH to at least one terminal device, and adopting a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation in the SC-PTM transmission the way.
请参见图2,图2为本发明第二实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输方法 的流程示意图,如图所示本发明实施例中的控制信息的传输方法可以包括:Referring to FIG. 2, FIG. 2 is a method for transmitting control information according to a second embodiment of the present invention. The flow of the control information in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
S201,网络设备配置DCI,并确定搜索空间,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输。S201: The network device configures the DCI, and determines a search space, where the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission.
需要说明的是,网络设备配置DCI和确定搜索空间没有明确的时序关系,两者可以同时执行,或者,先配置DCI再确定搜索空间,或者,先确定搜索空间再配置DCI。It should be noted that the network device configures the DCI and determines that the search space has no clear timing relationship, and the two can be executed simultaneously, or the DCI is first configured to determine the search space, or the search space is first configured to reconfigure the DCI.
具体实现中,网络设备配置DCI。其中,DCI的格式可以为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1或DCI format 2A。当下行传输模式为传输模式1或者传输模式2时,网络设备配置的DCI可以为DCI format 1A或者DCI format 1。当下行传输模式为传输模式3时,网络设备配置的DCI可以为DCI format 1A或者DCI format 2A。In a specific implementation, the network device configures the DCI. The format of the DCI may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A. When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, the DCI configured by the network device may be DCI format 1A or DCI format 1. When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 3, the DCI configured by the network device may be DCI format 1A or DCI format 2A.
可选地,网络设备配置DCI。其中,DCI的格式可以为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1C、DCI format 1或DCI format 2A。当下行传输模式为传输模式1或者传输模式2时,网络设备配置的DCI可以为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1C、或者DCI format 1。当下行传输模式为传输模式3时,网络设备配置的DCI可以为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1C或者DCI format 2A。Optionally, the network device configures the DCI. The format of the DCI may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C, DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A. When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, the DCI configured by the network device may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C, or DCI format 1. When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 3, the DCI configured by the network device may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C or DCI format 2A.
具体实现中,网络设备确定搜索空间,该搜索空间为承载DCI的搜索空间,即DCI位于该搜索空间。In a specific implementation, the network device determines a search space, where the search space is a search space that carries the DCI, that is, the DCI is located in the search space.
优选地,搜索空间为CSS和/或GSS。其中,CSS是传统LTE系统定义的CSS。网络设备可以配置CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个CCE组成,包含4个CCE聚合级为4的候选PDCCH和2个CCE聚合级为8的候选PDCCH。由于搜索空间是候选PDCCH集合,PDCCH是由CCE聚合而成,因此要确定聚合级别为L的搜索空间,需要确定组成搜索空间的CCE,其中,k为当前子帧号。具体地,组成CSS的CCE的编号可以为:Preferably, the search space is CSS and/or GSS. Among them, CSS is a CSS defined by the traditional LTE system. The network device may be configured to be composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and include four candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 and two candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 8. Since the search space is a candidate PDCCH set, the PDCCH is aggregated by the CCE. Therefore, to determine the search space with the aggregation level of L, it is necessary to determine the constituent search space. CCE, where k is the current subframe number. Specifically, the number of the CCE constituting the CSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH个数。NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE总数。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L. N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs on subframe k.
又如,网络设备可以配置组搜索空间(Group Search Space,GSS),其中,GSS由控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整 数。优选地,包含个CCE聚合级为4的候选PDCCH和个CCE聚合级为8的候选PDCCH。For another example, the network device may configure a group search space (GSS), where the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. Preferably, including Candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 A candidate PDCCH with a CCE aggregation level of 8.
在可选实施例中,网络设备配置GSS和CSS连续分布。优选地,组成GSS的CCE的编号可以为:In an alternative embodiment, the network device configures the GSS and CSS to be continuously distributed. Preferably, the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH个数。为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量。NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE总数,L为4或者8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L. The number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L. N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs in subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
在可选实施例中,网络设备配置GSS和CSS非连续分布。优选地,组成GSS的CCE的编号可以为:In an alternative embodiment, the network device configures the GSS and CSS to be non-continuously distributed. Preferably, the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
其中,n为正整数。Where n is a positive integer.
在可选实施例中,网络设备根据G-RNTI确定GSS。优选地,组成GSS的CCE的编号可以为:In an alternative embodiment, the network device determines the GSS based on the G-RNTI. Preferably, the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNTI≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙(slot)序号,nRNTI为G-RNTI值。或者,其中Y-1=F(nRNTI,n)≠0,F(k)表示某种函数。优选地,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, Y k =(A·Y k-1 )mod D, Y -1 =n RNTI ≠0, A=39827, D=65537, n s is the slot number of one radio frame, and n RNTI is the G-RNTI value. Or, where Y -1 = F(n RNTI , n) ≠ 0, F(k) represents a certain function. Preferably, L is 4 or 8.
在可选实施例中,网络设备配置GSS之后,终端设备需要监测CSS,UESS和GSS,将增加对PDCCH的盲检测次数。为了保证最大PDCCH盲检测次数不变或降低盲检测次数,网络设备可以配置第一子帧集,并在第一子帧集上配置GSS。其中,第一子帧集中的子帧满足(10×nf+nsbf-nOFFSET)mod M=0。nf表示系统帧号SFN,nsbf表示子帧号,nOFFSET表示偏移子帧号。In an optional embodiment, after the network device configures the GSS, the terminal device needs to monitor the CSS, UESS, and GSS, and the number of blind detections for the PDCCH is increased. To ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced, the network device may configure a first subframe set and configure GSS on the first subframe set. The subframe in the first subframe set satisfies (10×n f +n sbf −n OFFSET ) mod M=0. n f denotes a system frame number SFN, n sbf denotes a subframe number, and n OFFSET denotes an offset subframe number.
当配置信息里面配置了多个子帧偏移时,表示在一个分配周期内,第一子帧集中包括多个下行子帧/特殊子帧。 When multiple subframe offsets are configured in the configuration information, it indicates that the first subframe set includes multiple downlink subframes/special subframes in one allocation period.
在可选实施例中,对于需要接收承载于PDSCH的组播数据的终端设备,网络设备在第一子帧集上不配置该终端设备的UESS,即该终端设备只需要在非第一子帧集上的子帧检测UESS。本发明实施例可保证最大PDCCH盲检测次数不变或降低盲检测次数。In an optional embodiment, for the terminal device that needs to receive the multicast data that is carried on the PDSCH, the network device does not configure the UESS of the terminal device on the first subframe set, that is, the terminal device only needs to be in the non-first subframe. The subframe on the set detects the UESS. The embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
在可选实施例中,网络设备可以配置sUESS,其中sUESS小于UESS。对于需要接收承载于PDSCH的组播数据的终端设备,终端设备只需要检测sUESS,不需要检测UESS。本发明实施例可保证最大PDCCH盲检测次数不变或降低盲检测次数。In an alternative embodiment, the network device can configure sUESS, where sUESS is less than UESS. For a terminal device that needs to receive multicast data carried on the PDSCH, the terminal device only needs to detect the sUESS, and does not need to detect the UESS. The embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
在可选实施例中,网络设备可以按照第一关系配置DCI和确定搜索空间,第一关系为搜索空间、DCI以及PDSCH传输方案之间的关系。In an alternative embodiment, the network device may configure the DCI and determine the search space according to the first relationship, the first relationship being a relationship between the search space, the DCI, and the PDSCH transmission scheme.
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:当DCI的格式为DCI format 1A时,搜索空间为CSS和GSS;当DCI的格式为DCI format 1或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为GSS。示例性的,第一关系可以如表五所示。这样,网络设备按照表五配置DCI和确定搜索空间。Further, the first relationship may include: when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1A, the search space is CSS and GSS; when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 5. In this way, the network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 5.
表五Table 5
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:当DCI为DCI format 1A时,搜索空间为CSS;当DCI为DCI format 1或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为GSS。相对上述搜索空间的确定方式,本发明实施例对PDCCH盲检测次数较少。示例性的,第一关系可以如表六所示,网络设备按照表六配置DCI和确定搜索空 间。Further, the first relationship may include: when the DCI is DCI format 1A, the search space is CSS; when the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. Compared with the foregoing manner of determining the search space, the number of blind detections of the PDCCH in the embodiment of the present invention is small. Exemplarily, the first relationship may be as shown in Table 6. The network device configures the DCI according to Table 6 and determines the search space. between.
表六Table 6
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:当DCI的格式为DCI format 1A或DCI format 1C时,搜索空间为CSS和GSS;当DCI的格式为DCI format 1或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为GSS。示例性的,第一关系可以如表七所示。这样,网络设备按照表七配置DCI和确定搜索空间。Further, the first relationship may include: when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS and GSS; when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. . Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 7. In this way, the network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 7.
表七Table 7
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:当DCI为DCI format 1A或DCI format 1C时,搜索空间为CSS;当DCI为DCI format 1或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为GSS。相对上述搜索空间的确定方式,本发明实施例对PDCCH盲检测次数较少。示例性的,第一关系可以如表八所示。这样,网络设备按照表八配置DCI和确定搜索空间。Further, the first relationship may include: when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS; when the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. Compared with the foregoing manner of determining the search space, the number of blind detections of the PDCCH in the embodiment of the present invention is small. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 8. In this way, the network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 8.
表八Table eight
可选地,第一关系包括:对于传输模式1或传输模式2,当DCI为DCI format 1A或DCI format 1时,搜索空间为CSS;对于传输模式3,当DCI为DCI format 1A或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为CSS。相对上述搜索空间的确定方式,本发明实施例不需要增加GSS。示例性的,第一关系可以如表九所示。这样,网 络设备按照表九配置DCI和确定搜索空间。Optionally, the first relationship includes: for the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1, the search space is CSS; for the transmission mode 3, when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 2A When the search space is CSS. Compared with the manner of determining the above search space, the embodiment of the present invention does not need to increase the GSS. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 9. In this way, the net The network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 9.
表九Table 9
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:对于传输模式1或传输模式2,当DCI为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1或DCI format 1C时,搜索空间为CSS;对于传输模式3,当DCI为DCI format 1A、DCI format 2A或DCI format 1C时,搜索空间为CSS。相对上述搜索空间的确定方式,本发明实施例不需要增加GSS。示例性的,第一关系可以如表十所示。这样,网络设备按照表十配置DCI和确定搜索空间。Further, the first relationship may include: for the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, when the DCI is DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS; for the transmission mode 3, when the DCI is DCI In format 1A, DCI format 2A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS. Compared with the manner of determining the above search space, the embodiment of the present invention does not need to increase the GSS. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 10. In this way, the network device configures the DCI and determines the search space according to Table 10.
表十Table ten
在可选实施例中,网络设备配置DCI之后,可以生成CRC,并采用G-RNTI加扰该CRC,该CRC用于该DCI的差错检测。进一步可选地,网络设备采用G-RNTI加扰CRC之前,可以配置G-RNTI,并向至少一个终端设备发送第二信令,该第二信令包括指示该G-RNTI的信息,该第二信令为高层信令或物理层信令。In an alternative embodiment, after the network device configures the DCI, a CRC may be generated and the CRC is scrambled with a G-RNTI for error detection of the DCI. Optionally, before the network device uses the G-RNTI to scramble the CRC, the G-RNTI may be configured, and the second signaling is sent to the at least one terminal device, where the second signaling includes information indicating the G-RNTI, where the The second signaling is high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
在可选实施例中,网络设备配置DCI之前,可以配置下行传输模式。可选地,对于不同的业务,网络设备可以配置不同的下行传输模式。可选地,对于同一个终端设备,网络设备配置组播PDSCH传输和单播PDSCH传输采用相同的下行传输模式。例如,对于同一个终端设备,网络设备配置组播PDSCH传输和单播PDSCH传输采用相同的传输模式3。进一步地,网络设备可以向至少一个终端设备发送第三信令,该第三信令包括用于指示下行传输模式的信息。第三信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。示例性的,下行传输模式可以如上述表四所示。In an optional embodiment, the downlink transmission mode may be configured before the network device configures the DCI. Optionally, for different services, the network device can configure different downlink transmission modes. Optionally, for the same terminal device, the network device configures the multicast downlink mode and the unicast PDSCH transmission to adopt the same downlink transmission mode. For example, for the same terminal device, the network device configures the multicast transmission mode and the unicast PDSCH transmission to use the same transmission mode 3. Further, the network device may send third signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the third signaling includes information for indicating a downlink transmission mode. The third signaling may be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. Exemplarily, the downlink transmission mode can be as shown in Table 4 above.
可选地,网络设备根据物理广播信道天线端口数来确定下行传输模式。当PBCH天线端口数为1,网络设备确定下行传输模式为传输模式1;当PBCH天线端口数大于1,网络设备确定下行传输模式为传输模式2或3。进一步地,网络设备可以向至少一个终端设备发送信令,该信令用于指示下行传输模式为传输模式2或3。该信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。Optionally, the network device determines the downlink transmission mode according to the number of physical broadcast channel antenna ports. When the number of PBCH antenna ports is 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3. Further, the network device may send signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3. The signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
可选地,网络设备根据PBCH天线端口数来确定传输方案。当PBCH天线端口数为1,网络设备确定下行传输方案为单天线端口传输;当PBCH天线端口数大于1,网络设备确定下行传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或发射分集。进一步地,网络设备可以向至少一个终端设备发送信令,该信令用于指示下行传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或发射分集。该信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。 Optionally, the network device determines the transmission scheme according to the number of PBCH antenna ports. When the number of PBCH antenna ports is 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is single antenna port transmission; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the network device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. Further, the network device may send signaling to the at least one terminal device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. The signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
S202,网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送DCI,其中,承载DCI的PDCCH为确定的搜索空间中的一个候选PDCCH。S202. The network device sends a DCI to the at least one terminal device, where the PDCCH carrying the DCI is one candidate PDCCH in the determined search space.
S203,网络设备向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH。S203. The network device sends the PDSCH to the at least one terminal device.
在图2所示的控制信息的传输方法中,网络设备配置DCI,并确定搜索空间,向至少一个终端设备发送承载DCI的PDCCH,其中PDCCH为确定的搜索空间中的一个候选PDCCH,进而向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH。因为新定义了一个GSS用于承载格式为DCI format 2A或DCI format 1的DCI或者CSS可以用于承载格式为DCI format 2A或DCI format 1的DCI,所以可在SC-PTM传输中采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式。In the method for transmitting control information shown in FIG. 2, the network device configures the DCI, and determines a search space, and sends a PDCCH carrying DCI to at least one terminal device, where the PDCCH is a candidate PDCCH in the determined search space, and further A terminal device sends a PDSCH. Since a GSS is newly defined for DCI or DCS with a bearer format of DCI format 2A or DCI format 1, DCI can be used to carry DCI format 2A or DCI format 1, so large delay can be used in SC-PTM transmission. Cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
请参见图3,图3为本发明第三实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输方法的流程示意图,如图所示本发明实施例中的控制信息的传输方法可以包括:Referring to FIG. 3, FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a third embodiment of the present invention. The method for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
S301,终端设备接收网络设备发送的DCI,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同。S301. The terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, where the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A.
终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输。优选地,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同。可选的,DCI的信息比特数可以与DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同,DCI format 1C用于一个PDSCH码字的非常紧致调度。可选的,DCI的信息比特数可以和DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用闭环空分复用方案和/或非连续资源块分配方式。其中,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C的信息比特数相同,可避免终端设备增加CSS中的PDCCH盲检测次数。优选的,DCI可以位于CSS。这样就不需要增加新的搜索空间,进而不会增加终端设备的盲检测次数。可选地,DCI可以位于CSS或GSS。The terminal device can receive the DCI sent by the network device, and the DCI is used to schedule the PDSCH transmission. Preferably, the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A. Optionally, the number of information bits of the DCI may be the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1C, and the DCI format 1C is used for very tight scheduling of a PDSCH codeword. Optionally, the number of information bits of the DCI may be the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a closed loop space division multiplexing scheme and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner. The number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A/DCI format 1C, which can prevent the terminal device from increasing the number of PDCCH blind detections in the CSS. Preferably, the DCI can be located in the CSS. This eliminates the need to add new search space and thus does not increase the number of blind detections of the terminal device. Alternatively, the DCI can be located in CSS or GSS.
在可选实施例中,终端设备可以确定搜索空间,其中搜索空间为CSS和/或GSS。In an alternative embodiment, the terminal device may determine a search space, where the search space is CSS and/or GSS.
CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个CCE组成,包含4个CCE聚合级为4的候选PDCCH和2个CCE聚合级为8的候选PDCCH。进一步可选的,由于 搜索空间是候选PDCCH集合,PDCCH是由CCE聚合而成,因此要确定聚合级别为L的搜索空间,需要确定组成搜索空间的CCE,其中,k为当前子帧号。具体地,终端设备可以确定组成CSS的CCE的编号可以为:The CSS is composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and includes four candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 and two candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 8. Further, since the search space is a candidate PDCCH set, and the PDCCH is aggregated by the CCE, to determine the search space with the aggregation level L, it is necessary to determine the constituent search space. CCE, where k is the current subframe number. Specifically, the terminal device may determine that the number of the CCE constituting the CSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH个数。NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE总数。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L. N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs on subframe k.
GSS由下行控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整数。优选地,GSS可以包含个CCE聚合级为4的候选PDCCH和个CCE聚合级为8的候选PDCCH。The GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. Preferably, the GSS can comprise Candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 A candidate PDCCH with a CCE aggregation level of 8.
进一步可选的,当GSS和CSS连续分布时,终端设备可以确定GSS包含的CCE的编号可以为:Further optionally, when the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, the terminal device may determine that the number of the CCE included in the GSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量,NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE的数量,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
进一步可选的,GSS和CSS非连续分布。优选地,组成GSS的CCE的编号可以为:Further optionally, the GSS and CSS are non-continuously distributed. Preferably, the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
其中,n为正整数。Where n is a positive integer.
在可选实施例中,终端设备可以根据G-NRT1确定GSS包含的CCE的编号可以为;In an optional embodiment, the terminal device may determine, according to the G-NRT1, that the number of the CCE included in the GSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNT1≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙序号,nRNT1为G-NRT1值。或者,其中Y-1=F(nRNTI,n)≠0,F(k)表示某种函数。优选地,L为4或8。 Where i=0,...,L-1, Y k =(A·Y k-1 )mod D, Y -1 =n RNT1 ≠0, A=39827, D=65537, n s is the slot number of one radio frame, and n RNT1 is the G-NRT1 value. Or, where Y -1 = F(n RNTI , n) ≠ 0, F(k) represents a certain function. Preferably, L is 4 or 8.
进一步可选的,终端设备可以在第一子帧集上检测GSS,其中,第一子帧集中的子帧满足(10×nf+nsbf-nOFFSET)modM=0,nf表示系统帧号,nsbf表示子帧号,nOFFSET表示偏移子帧号。Further optionally, the terminal device may detect the GSS on the first subframe set, where the subframe in the first subframe set satisfies (10×n f +n sbf −n OFFSET ) modM=0, and n f represents a system frame. Number, n sbf represents the subframe number, and n OFFSET represents the offset subframe number.
当配置信息里面配置了多个子帧偏移时,表示在一个分配周期内,第一子帧集中包括多个下行子帧/特殊子帧。When multiple subframe offsets are configured in the configuration information, it indicates that the first subframe set includes multiple downlink subframes/special subframes in one allocation period.
进一步可选地,当在第一子帧集上不配置终端设备的UESS时,终端设备只需要在非第一子帧集上的子帧检测UESS。本发明实施例可保证最大PDCCH盲检测次数不变或降低盲检测次数。Further optionally, when the UESS of the terminal device is not configured on the first subframe set, the terminal device only needs to detect the UESS in a subframe that is not on the first subframe set. The embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
进一步可选的,终端设备可以检测sUESS,而无需检测UESS,其中sUESS小于UESS。本发明实施例可保证最大PDCCH盲检测次数不变或降低盲检测次数。Further optionally, the terminal device can detect the sUESS without detecting the UESS, where the sUESS is smaller than the UESS. The embodiment of the invention can ensure that the maximum number of PDCCH blind detections is constant or the number of blind detections is reduced.
在可选实施例中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的DCI之前,可以确定下行传输模式。进一步可选的,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的第三信令,该第三信令包括用于指示下行传输模式的信息,进而根据第三信令确定下行传输模式。可选地,组播PDSCH传输和单播PDSCH传输采用相同的下行传输模式,因此,终端设备可以确定该下行传输模式为单播PDSCH传输采用的下行传输模式。In an optional embodiment, before the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, the downlink transmission mode may be determined. Further, the terminal device may receive the third signaling sent by the network device, where the third signaling includes information for indicating a downlink transmission mode, and further determines a downlink transmission mode according to the third signaling. Optionally, the multicast PDSCH transmission and the unicast PDSCH transmission adopt the same downlink transmission mode. Therefore, the terminal device may determine that the downlink transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode adopted by the unicast PDSCH transmission.
可选地,终端设备根据PBCH天线端口数来确定传输模式。当PBCH天线端口数为1,终端设备确定下行传输模式为传输模式1;当PBCH天线端口数大于1,终端设备确定下行传输模式为传输模式2或3。进一步地,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的信令,该信令用于指示下行传输模式为传输模式2或3。该信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。Optionally, the terminal device determines the transmission mode according to the number of PBCH antenna ports. When the number of PBCH antenna ports is 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3. Further, the terminal device may receive signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3. The signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
可选地,终端设备根据PBCH天线端口数来确定传输方案。当PBCH天线端口数为1,终端设备确定下行传输方案为单天线端口传输;当PBCH天线端口数大于1,终端设备确定下行传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或发射分集。进一步地,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的信令,该信令用于指示下行传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或发射分集。该信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。Optionally, the terminal device determines the transmission scheme according to the number of PBCH antenna ports. When the number of PBCH antenna ports is 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is single antenna port transmission; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. Further, the terminal device may receive signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. The signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
可选地,在接收网络设备发送的DCI之前,还包括:接收网络设备发送 的信令,该信令包括用于指示G-RNTI的信息,该信令为高层信令或物理层信令,该G-RNTI用于加扰CRC,该CRC用于该DCI的差错检测。然后,终端设备根据DCI的信息比特数盲检测搜索空间中的候选PDCCH,采用G-RNTI解扰候选PDCCH的CRC,然后进行CRC校验,CRC校验正确的候选PDCCH为承载该DCI的PDCCH。Optionally, before receiving the DCI sent by the network device, the method further includes: receiving, sending, by the network device Signaling, the signaling includes information indicating a G-RNTI, which is high layer signaling or physical layer signaling, the G-RNTI is used to scramble the CRC, and the CRC is used for error detection of the DCI. Then, the terminal device blindly detects the candidate PDCCH in the search space according to the information bit number of the DCI, and uses the G-RNTI to descramble the CRC of the candidate PDCCH, and then performs CRC check. The candidate PDCCH with the correct CRC check is the PDCCH carrying the DCI.
S302,终端设备从DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。S302. The terminal device acquires scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
终端设备可以从DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,其中PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。The terminal device may acquire scheduling information for PDSCH transmission from the DCI, where the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括一个MCS域时,终端设备可以确定两个传输块所采用的MCS为MCS域的取值,其中,两个传输块采用相同的MCS。该MCS域用于指示两个传输块所采用的MCS。优选的,该MCS域的信息比特数可以为5比特,即该MCS域的负载大小为5比特。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes an MCS domain, the terminal device may determine that the MCS used by the two transport blocks is the value of the MCS domain, where the two transport blocks adopt the same MCS. This MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the two transport blocks. Preferably, the number of information bits of the MCS domain may be 5 bits, that is, the load size of the MCS domain is 5 bits.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域时,终端设备可以确定传输块1所采用的MCS为第一MCS域的取值,传输块2所采用的MCS为第二MCS域的取值,其中第一MCS域的信息比特数和第二MCS域的信息比特数相同,例如5比特、4比特、3比特或者2比特等。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes the first MCS domain and the second MCS domain, the terminal device may determine that the MCS used by the transport block 1 is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the transport block 2 is the first. The value of the second MCS field, where the number of information bits of the first MCS field is the same as the number of information bits of the second MCS field, for example, 5 bits, 4 bits, 3 bits, or 2 bits.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域时,第二MCS域的信息比特数少于第一MCS域的信息比特数。优选地,终端设备可以确定传输块1所采用的MCS为第一MCS域的取值,传输块2所采用的MCS是通过第一MCS域的取值与第二MCS域的取值相加得到的。可选地,终端设备可以确定第一MCS域用于指示传输块2所采用的MCS,第二MCS域用于指示传输块1所采用的MCS,传输块1所采用的MCS是通过第一MCS域的取值与第二MCS域的取值相加得到的。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes the first MCS domain and the second MCS domain, the number of information bits of the second MCS domain is less than the number of information bits of the first MCS domain. Preferably, the terminal device may determine that the MCS used by the transport block 1 is the value of the first MCS domain, and the MCS used by the transport block 2 is obtained by adding the value of the first MCS domain to the value of the second MCS domain. of. Optionally, the terminal device may determine that the first MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2, the second MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1, and the MCS used by the transport block 1 passes the first MCS. The value of the field is added to the value of the second MCS field.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括传输块到码字交换标识域时,终端设备可以根据传输块到码字交换标识域确定传输块和码字的映射关系。例如,PDSCH采用两个传输块传输,当传输块到码字交换标识的比特值为0时,终端设备可以确定传输块1对应码字0且传输块2对应码字1。当传输块到码字交换标识的比特值为1时,终端设备可以确定传输块2对应码字0且传输块1对应码字 1。又如,PDSCH采用一个传输块传输,当PDSCH采用传输块1传输时,终端设备可以确定传输块1对应码字0。当PDSCH采用传输块2传输时,终端设备可以确定传输块2对应码字0。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field, the terminal device may determine a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword according to the transport block to codeword exchange identifier field. For example, the PDSCH uses two transport block transmissions. When the bit value of the transport block to codeword exchange identifier is 0, the terminal device can determine that transport block 1 corresponds to codeword 0 and transport block 2 corresponds to codeword 1. When the bit value of the transport block to codeword exchange identifier is 1, the terminal device may determine that the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword. 1. For another example, the PDSCH uses a transport block transmission. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 1, the terminal device can determine that the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 2, the terminal device can determine that the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0.
在可选实施例中,终端设备可以根据预设映射关系确定传输块到码字的映射。其中,预设映射关系可以为:当PDSCH采用两个传输块传输时,传输块1对应码字0且传输块2对应码字1,或者传输块2对应码字0且传输块1对应码字1。当PDSCH采用传输块1传输时,传输块1对应码字0。当PDSCH采用传输块2传输时,传输块2对应码字0。In an optional embodiment, the terminal device may determine a mapping of the transport block to the codeword according to the preset mapping relationship. The preset mapping relationship may be: when the PDSCH is transmitted by using two transport blocks, the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 1, or the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0 and the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword. 1. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 1, the transport block 1 corresponds to the codeword 0. When the PDSCH is transmitted using the transport block 2, the transport block 2 corresponds to the codeword 0.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括预编码信息域时,终端设备可以根据预编码信息域确定层数。例如,当PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,且发射天线的数量为4时,DCI包括2比特的预编码信息域。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes a precoding information field, the terminal device may determine the number of layers according to the precoding information field. For example, when the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity, and the number of transmit antennas is 4, the DCI includes a 2-bit precoding information field.
在可选实施例中,当DCI不包括预编码信息域时,终端设备可以确定如果PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,那么发射天线的数量为2。In an alternative embodiment, when the DCI does not include the precoding information field, the terminal device may determine that if the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity, the number of transmitting antennas is two.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括传输方案标识域时,终端设备可以根据传输方案标识域确定PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。例如,当传输方案标识域的取值为1时,终端设备可以确定PDSCH采用大时延循环延迟分集传输方案;当传输方案标识域的取值为0时,终端设备可以确定PDSCH采用发射分集传输方案。或者,当传输方案标识域的取值为0时,终端设备可以确定PDSCH采用大时延循环延迟分集传输方案;当传输方案标识域的取值为1时,终端设备可以确定PDSCH采用发射分集传输方案。可选地,当PDSCH传输采用发射分集传输方案时,终端设备确定PDSCH传输采用一个传输块。当PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集时,终端设备确定PDSCH传输采用二个传输块。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes the transmission scheme identifier field, the terminal device may determine, according to the transmission scheme identifier field, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. For example, when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 1, the terminal device may determine that the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme; when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 0, the terminal device may determine that the PDSCH uses the transmit diversity transmission. Program. Alternatively, when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 0, the terminal device may determine that the PDSCH adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission scheme; when the value of the transmission scheme identifier field is 1, the terminal device may determine that the PDSCH uses the transmit diversity transmission. Program. Optionally, when the PDSCH transmission adopts a transmit diversity transmission scheme, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH transmission adopts one transport block. When the PDSCH transmission employs large delay cyclic delay diversity, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH transmission uses two transport blocks.
在可选实施例中,当DCI不包括传输方案标识域时,终端设备可以根据PDSCH传输采用的传输块数量确定PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。当PDSCH传输采用一个传输块时,终端设备确定PDSCH传输采用发射分集传输方案。当PDSCH传输采用二个传输块时,终端设备确定PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集。优选地,DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域,其中第一MCS域用于指示传输块1所采用的MCS,第二MCS 域用于指示传输块2所采用的MCS时,当第一MCS域的取值为29、30或31时,传输块1不被使用,当第二MCS域的取值为29、30或31时,传输块2不被使用。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI does not include the transmission scheme identifier field, the terminal device may determine, according to the number of transmission blocks used in the PDSCH transmission, that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. When the PDSCH transmission employs one transport block, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH transmission employs a transmit diversity transmission scheme. When the PDSCH transmission employs two transport blocks, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH transmission employs large delay cyclic delay diversity. Preferably, the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, where the first MCS domain is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 1, and the second MCS When the field is used to indicate the MCS used by the transport block 2, when the value of the first MCS field is 29, 30, or 31, the transport block 1 is not used, and when the value of the second MCS field is 29, 30, or 31. When the transport block 2 is not used.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括资源块分配域时,该资源块分配域包括一个位图,终端设备可以根据位图确定分配的至少一个RBG,一个RBG由Q个连续的LVRB组成,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。示例性的,P的取值可以如上述表三所示。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, the resource block allocation domain includes a bitmap, and the terminal device may determine the allocated at least one RBG according to the bitmap, where one RBG is composed of Q consecutive LVRBs, where , Q is an integer greater than P, P = 1, 2, 3 or 4. Exemplarily, the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括资源块分配域时,终端设备可以根据资源块分配域确定分配的一个或多个LVRB,其中一个或多个LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,RBG子集是Q个RBG子集中的一个,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。示例性的,P的取值可以如上述表三所示。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, the terminal device may determine one or more allocated LVRBs according to the resource block allocation domain, where one or more LVRBs are located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is Q. One of the RBG subsets, where Q is an integer greater than P, P = 1, 2, 3, or 4. Exemplarily, the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括资源块分配域时,终端设备可以根据资源块分配域确定两个资源块集,各个资源块集包括一个或多个连续的RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,P为正整数,优选地,P=1、2、3或者4。示例性的,P的取值可以如上述表三所示。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, the terminal device may determine two resource block sets according to the resource block allocation domain, where each resource block set includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG consists of P consecutive The composition of LVRB, P is a positive integer, preferably, P = 1, 2, 3 or 4. Exemplarily, the value of P can be as shown in Table 3 above.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括资源块分配域时,终端设备可以确定可用传输带宽,其中可用传输带宽小于下行系统带宽,进而根据资源块分配域确定分配的至少一个资源块,该分配的至少一个资源块位于可用传输带宽内。示例性的,资源块分配域包括一个位图,终端设备可以根据位图确定分配的至少一个资源块组RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,P=1、2、3或者4。示例性的,终端设备可以确定资源块分配域用于指示分配的LVRB,LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,RBG子集是P个RBG子集中的一个,P=1、2、3或者4。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes the resource block allocation domain, the terminal device may determine an available transmission bandwidth, where the available transmission bandwidth is smaller than the downlink system bandwidth, and then determine the allocated at least one resource block according to the resource block allocation domain, where the allocated At least one resource block is located within the available transmission bandwidth. Exemplarily, the resource block allocation field includes a bitmap, and the terminal device may determine the allocated at least one resource block group RBG according to the bitmap, where one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs, P=1, 2, 3 or 4. Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine that the resource block allocation field is used to indicate the allocated LVRB, the LVRB is located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is one of the P RBG subsets, P=1, 2, 3, or 4.
进一步可选的,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的第一信令,该第一信令包括指示SC-PTM传输的可用传输带宽的信息,进而根据第一信令确定可用传输带宽。Further optionally, the terminal device may receive the first signaling sent by the network device, where the first signaling includes information indicating an available transmission bandwidth of the SC-PTM transmission, and further determines an available transmission bandwidth according to the first signaling.
在可选实施例中,当DCI包括资源分配方式标识域时,可以根据资源分配方式标识域确定资源分配方式为连续资源块分配(例如,资源分配方式2)或者非连续资源块分配。优选地,该资源分配方式标识域的信息比特数为1。In an optional embodiment, when the DCI includes the resource allocation manner identifier field, the resource allocation manner may be determined according to the resource allocation manner identifier field as a continuous resource block allocation (eg, resource allocation mode 2) or a non-contiguous resource block allocation. Preferably, the number of information bits of the resource allocation mode identifier field is 1.
S303,终端设备根据调度信息接收网络设备发送的PDSCH。 S303. The terminal device receives the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information.
终端设备可以根据调度信息接收网络设备发送的PDSCH。具体实现中,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的承载于PDSCH的数据。可选地,承载于PDSCH的数据可以为组播数据、广播数据或者单播数据等。The terminal device may receive the PDSCH sent by the network device according to the scheduling information. In a specific implementation, the terminal device may receive data that is sent by the network device and is carried by the PDSCH. Optionally, the data carried on the PDSCH may be multicast data, broadcast data, or unicast data.
在图3所示的控制信息的传输方法中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的DCI,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,从DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式,根据调度信息接收网络设备发送的PDSCH,可采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式接收PDSCH。In the method for transmitting control information shown in FIG. 3, the terminal device receives the DCI sent by the network device, and the number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the scheduling information for the PDSCH transmission is obtained from the DCI, the PDSCH. The transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode, and receives the PDSCH transmitted by the network device according to the scheduling information, and may receive the PDSCH by using a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
请参见图4,图4为本发明第四实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输方法的流程示意图,如图所示本发明实施例中的控制信息的传输方法可以包括:Referring to FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting control information according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention. The method for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may include:
S401,终端设备确定搜索空间。S401. The terminal device determines a search space.
终端设备可以确定搜索空间,该搜索空间为承载DCI的搜索空间,即DCI位于该搜索空间。The terminal device can determine a search space, which is a search space that carries the DCI, that is, the DCI is located in the search space.
优选地,搜索空间为CSS和/或GSS。其中,CSS是传统LTE系统定义的CSS。终端设备可以确定CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个CCE组成,包含4个CCE聚合级为4的候选PDCCH和2个CCE聚合级为8的候选PDCCH。由于搜索空间是候选PDCCH集合,PDCCH是由CCE聚合而成,因此要确定聚合级别为L的搜索空间,需要确定组成搜索空间的CCE,其中,k为当前子帧号。具体地,组成CSS的CCE的编号可以为:Preferably, the search space is CSS and/or GSS. Among them, CSS is a CSS defined by the traditional LTE system. The terminal device may determine that the CSS is composed of the first 16 CCEs in the downlink control region, and includes four candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 and two candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 8. Since the search space is a candidate PDCCH set, the PDCCH is aggregated by the CCE. Therefore, to determine the search space with the aggregation level of L, it is necessary to determine the constituent search space. CCE, where k is the current subframe number. Specifically, the number of the CCE constituting the CSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH个数。NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE总数。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L. N CCE,k is the total number of CCEs on subframe k.
又如,终端设备可以确定组搜索空间,其中,GSS由控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整数。优选地,包含个CCE聚合级为4的候选PDCCH和个CCE聚合级为8的候选PDCCH。For another example, the terminal device may determine a group search space, where the GSS is composed of N CCEs other than the first 16 CCEs in the control region, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. Preferably, including Candidate PDCCHs with a CCE aggregation level of 4 A candidate PDCCH with a CCE aggregation level of 8.
在可选实施例中,终端设备确定GSS和CSS连续分布。优选地,组成GSS 的CCE的编号可以为:In an alternative embodiment, the terminal device determines that the GSS and CSS are continuously distributed. Preferably, the composition of the GSS The CCE number can be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH个数。为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量。NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE总数,L为4或者8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L. The number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS when the aggregation level is L. N CCE, k is the total number of CCE subframe k, L 4 or 8.
在可选实施例中,终端设备确定GSS和CSS非连续分布。优选地,组成GSS的CCE的编号可以为:In an alternative embodiment, the terminal device determines a discontinuous distribution of GSS and CSS. Preferably, the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
其中,n为正整数。Where n is a positive integer.
在可选实施例中,终端设备根据G-RNTI确定GSS。优选地,组成GSS的CCE的编号可以为:In an alternative embodiment, the terminal device determines the GSS based on the G-RNTI. Preferably, the number of the CCE constituting the GSS may be:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNTI≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙(slot)序号,nRNTI为G-RNTI值。或者,其中Y-1=F(nRNTI,n)≠0,F(k)表示某种函数。优选地,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, Y k =(A·Y k-1 )mod D, Y -1 =n RNTI ≠0, A=39827, D=65537, n s is the slot number of one radio frame, and n RNTI is the G-RNTI value. Or, where Y -1 = F(n RNTI , n) ≠ 0, F(k) represents a certain function. Preferably, L is 4 or 8.
在可选实施例中,终端设备确定搜索空间之前,可以确定下行传输模式。进一步可选的,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的第三信令,该第三信令包括用于指示下行传输模式的信息,进而根据第三信令确定下行传输模式。可选地,组播PDSCH传输和单播PDSCH传输采用相同的下行传输模式,因此,终端设备可以确定该下行传输模式为单播PDSCH传输采用的下行传输模式。In an alternative embodiment, the downlink transmission mode may be determined before the terminal device determines the search space. Further, the terminal device may receive the third signaling sent by the network device, where the third signaling includes information for indicating a downlink transmission mode, and further determines a downlink transmission mode according to the third signaling. Optionally, the multicast PDSCH transmission and the unicast PDSCH transmission adopt the same downlink transmission mode. Therefore, the terminal device may determine that the downlink transmission mode is a downlink transmission mode adopted by the unicast PDSCH transmission.
可选地,终端设备根据PBCH天线端口数来确定下行传输模式。当PBCH天线端口数为1,终端设备确定下行传输模式为传输模式1;当PBCH天线端口数大于1,终端设备确定下行传输模式为传输模式2或3。进一步地,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的信令,该信令用于指示下行传输模式为传输模式2或3。该信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。Optionally, the terminal device determines the downlink transmission mode according to the number of PBCH antenna ports. When the number of PBCH antenna ports is 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3. Further, the terminal device may receive signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 2 or 3. The signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
可选地,终端设备根据PBCH天线端口数来确定传输方案。当PBCH天 线端口数为1,终端设备确定下行传输方案为单天线端口传输;当PBCH天线端口数大于1,终端设备确定下行传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或发射分集。进一步地,终端设备可以接收网络设备发送的信令,该信令用于指示下行传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或发射分集。该信令可以为高层信令或物理层信令。Optionally, the terminal device determines the transmission scheme according to the number of PBCH antenna ports. When PBCH days The number of line ports is 1, and the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is single antenna port transmission; when the number of PBCH antenna ports is greater than 1, the terminal device determines that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. Further, the terminal device may receive signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling is used to indicate that the downlink transmission scheme is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity. The signaling can be high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
S402,终端设备在搜索空间中检测DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。S402: The terminal device detects DCI in the search space, and the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
终端设备确定搜索空间之后,可以在该搜索空间中检测DCI,其中,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。After the terminal device determines the search space, the DCI may be detected in the search space, wherein the DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner.
可选地,DCI的格式可以为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1或DCI format 2A。当下行传输模式为传输模式1或者传输模式2时,终端设备检测到的DCI可以为DCI format 1A或者DCI format 1。当下行传输模式为传输模式3时,终端设备检测到的DCI可以为DCI format 1A或者DCI format 2A。Optionally, the format of the DCI may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A. When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, the DCI detected by the terminal device may be DCI format 1A or DCI format 1. When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 3, the DCI detected by the terminal device may be DCI format 1A or DCI format 2A.
可选地,DCI的格式可以为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1C、DCI format 1或DCI format 2A。当下行传输模式为传输模式1或者传输模式2时,终端设备检测到的DCI可以为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1C、或者DCI format 1。当下行传输模式为传输模式3时,终端设备检测到的DCI可以为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1C或者DCI format 2A。Optionally, the format of the DCI may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C, DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A. When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, the DCI detected by the terminal device may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C, or DCI format 1. When the downlink transmission mode is the transmission mode 3, the DCI detected by the terminal device may be DCI format 1A, DCI format 1C or DCI format 2A.
在可选实施例中,终端设备可以按照第一关系在搜索空间中检测DCI,第一关系为搜索空间、DCI以及PDSCH传输方案之间的关系。In an optional embodiment, the terminal device may detect the DCI in the search space according to the first relationship, where the first relationship is a relationship between the search space, the DCI, and the PDSCH transmission scheme.
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:当DCI的格式为DCI format 1A时,搜索空间为CSS和GSS;当DCI的格式为DCI format 1或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为GSS。示例性的,第一关系可以如表五所示。Further, the first relationship may include: when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1A, the search space is CSS and GSS; when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 5.
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:当DCI为DCI format 1A时,搜索空间为CSS;当DCI为DCI format 1或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为GSS。相对上述搜索空间的确定方式,本发明实施例对PDCCH盲检测次数较少。示例性的,第一关系可以如表六所示。Further, the first relationship may include: when the DCI is DCI format 1A, the search space is CSS; when the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. Compared with the foregoing manner of determining the search space, the number of blind detections of the PDCCH in the embodiment of the present invention is small. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 6.
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:当DCI的格式为DCI format 1A或 DCI format 1C时,搜索空间为CSS和GSS;当DCI的格式为DCI format 1或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为GSS。示例性的,第一关系可以如表七所示。Further optionally, the first relationship may include: when the format of the DCI is DCI format 1A or In DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS and GSS; when the DCI format is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 7.
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:当DCI为DCI format 1A或DCI format 1C时,搜索空间为CSS;当DCI为DCI format 1或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为GSS。相对上述搜索空间的确定方式,本发明实施例对PDCCH盲检测次数较少。示例性的,第一关系可以如表八所示。Further, the first relationship may include: when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS; when the DCI is DCI format 1 or DCI format 2A, the search space is GSS. Compared with the foregoing manner of determining the search space, the number of blind detections of the PDCCH in the embodiment of the present invention is small. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 8.
可选地,第一关系可以包括:对于传输模式1或传输模式2,当DCI为DCI format 1A或DCI format 1时,搜索空间为CSS;对于传输模式3,当DCI为DCI format 1A或DCI format 2A时,搜索空间为CSS。相对上述搜索空间的确定方式,本发明实施例不需要增加GSS。示例性的,第一关系可以如表九所示。Optionally, the first relationship may include: for the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format 1, the search space is CSS; for the transmission mode 3, when the DCI is DCI format 1A or DCI format At 2A, the search space is CSS. Compared with the manner of determining the above search space, the embodiment of the present invention does not need to increase the GSS. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 9.
进一步可选地,第一关系可以包括:对于传输模式1或传输模式2,当DCI为DCI format 1A、DCI format 1或DCI format 1C时,搜索空间为CSS;对于传输模式3,当DCI为DCI format 1A、DCI format 2A或DCI format 1C时,搜索空间为CSS。相对上述搜索空间的确定方式,本发明实施例不需要增加GSS。示例性的,第一关系可以如表十所示。Further, the first relationship may include: for the transmission mode 1 or the transmission mode 2, when the DCI is DCI format 1A, DCI format 1 or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS; for the transmission mode 3, when the DCI is DCI In format 1A, DCI format 2A or DCI format 1C, the search space is CSS. Compared with the manner of determining the above search space, the embodiment of the present invention does not need to increase the GSS. Exemplarily, the first relationship can be as shown in Table 10.
可选地,终端设备在搜索空间中检测DCI之前,还包括:接收网络设备发送的信令,该信令包括用于指示G-RNTI的信息,该信令为高层信令或物理层信令,该G-RNTI用于加扰CRC,该CRC用于该DCI的差错检测。在搜索空间中检测DCI包括:终端设备根据DCI的信息比特数盲检测搜索空间中的候选PDCCH,采用G-RNTI解扰候选PDCCH的CRC,然后进行CRC校验,CRC校验正确的候选PDCCH为承载该DCI的PDCCH。Optionally, before detecting the DCI in the search space, the terminal device further includes: receiving signaling sent by the network device, where the signaling includes information used to indicate the G-RNTI, where the signaling is high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. The G-RNTI is used to scramble the CRC, which is used for error detection of the DCI. Detecting the DCI in the search space includes: the terminal device blindly detects the candidate PDCCH in the search space according to the number of information bits of the DCI, and uses the G-RNTI to descramble the CRC of the candidate PDCCH, and then performs CRC check, and the candidate PDCCH with the correct CRC check is The PDCCH carrying the DCI.
S403,终端设备接收网络设备发送的PDSCH。S403. The terminal device receives the PDSCH sent by the network device.
在图4所示的控制信息的传输方法中,终端设备确定搜索空间,在搜索空间中检测DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式,接收网络设备发送的PDSCH,可采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式接收PDSCH。因为新定义了一个GSS用于承载格式为DCI format 2A或DCI format 1的DCI或者CSS可以用于承载格式为DCI format 2A或DCI format 1的DCI, 所以可在SC-PTM传输中采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式。In the method for transmitting control information shown in FIG. 4, the terminal device determines a search space, detects DCI in the search space, DCI is used to schedule PDSCH transmission, and PDSCH transmission uses a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or non-contiguous resources. In the block allocation mode, the PDSCH transmitted by the network device may be received, and the PDSCH may be received by using a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation manner. Because a new GSS is defined for the DCI with the bearer format DCI format 2A or DCI format 1, or the CSS can be used to carry the DCI in the format DCI format 2A or DCI format 1. Therefore, a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode can be adopted in SC-PTM transmission.
本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机存储介质,其中,所述计算机存储介质可存储有程序,该程序执行时包括上述图1或图2所示的方法实施例中的部分或全部步骤。The embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium can store a program, and the program includes some or all of the steps in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 when executed.
本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机存储介质,其中,所述计算机存储介质可存储有程序,该程序执行时包括上述图3或图4所示的方法实施例中的部分或全部步骤。The embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer storage medium, wherein the computer storage medium may store a program, and the program includes some or all of the steps in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 3 or FIG. 4 when executed.
请参见图5,图5为本发明第一实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输装置的结构示意图,所述控制信息的传输装置可以用于实施结合图1所示的方法实施例中的部分或全部步骤,所述控制信息的传输装置至少可以包括配置单元501以及发送单元502,其中:Referring to FIG. 5, FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting control information according to a first embodiment of the present invention. The device for transmitting control information may be used to implement the method embodiment shown in FIG. In some or all of the steps, the transmission device of the control information may include at least a
配置单元501,用于配置DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。The
发送单元502,用于向至少一个终端设备发送DCI。The sending
发送单元502,还用于向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH。The sending
在可选实施例中,DCI包括一个MCS域,MCS域用于指示两个传输块所采用的MCS,两个传输块采用相同的MCS。In an alternative embodiment, the DCI includes an MCS field, the MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the two transport blocks, and the two transport blocks use the same MCS.
在可选实施例中,DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域,其中:In an alternative embodiment, the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, wherein:
第一MCS域用于指示第一传输块所采用的MCS,第二MCS域用于指示第二传输块所采用的MCS,第一MCS域的信息比特数和第二MCS域的信息比特数相同。或者The first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block, and the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block. The number of information bits of the first MCS domain is the same as the number of information bits of the second MCS domain. . or
第一MCS域用于指示第一传输块所采用的MCS,第二MCS域用于指示第二传输块所采用的MCS,第二传输块所采用的MCS是通过第一MCS域的取值与第二MCS域的取值相加得到的,第二MCS域的信息比特数少于第一 MCS域的信息比特数。The first MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the first transport block, the second MCS field is used to indicate the MCS used by the second transport block, and the MCS used by the second transport block is determined by the value of the first MCS field. The value of the second MCS field is added, and the number of information bits in the second MCS domain is less than the first The number of information bits in the MCS domain.
在可选实施例中,配置单元501,还用于在发送单元502向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH之前,根据预设映射关系配置传输块到码字的映射。其中,所述预设映射关系为:In an optional embodiment, the
当PDSCH采用两个传输块传输时,第一传输块对应码字0且第二传输块对应码字1,或者第二传输块对应码字0且第一传输块对应码字1。When the PDSCH is transmitted by two transport blocks, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1, or the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1.
当PDSCH采用第一传输块传输时,第一传输块对应码字0。When the PDSCH is transmitted using the first transport block, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
当PDSCH采用第二传输块传输时,第二传输块对应码字0。When the PDSCH is transmitted using the second transport block, the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
在可选实施例中,DCI包括传输块到码字交换标识域,传输块到码字交换标识域用于指示传输块和码字的映射关系。In an alternative embodiment, the DCI includes a transport block to codeword exchange identification field, and the transport block to codeword exchange identification field is used to indicate a mapping relationship between the transport block and the codeword.
在可选实施例中,配置单元501,还用于在配置DCI之前,配置PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,并配置PDSCH传输采用2根发射天线。In an optional embodiment, the
在可选实施例中,DCI包括预编码信息域,预编码信息域用于指示层数。In an alternative embodiment, the DCI includes a precoding information field, and the precoding information field is used to indicate the number of layers.
在可选实施例中,DCI包括传输方案标识域,传输方案标识域用于标识PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field, and the transmission scheme identifier field is used to identify that the transmission scheme of the PDSCH is large delay cyclic delay diversity or transmit diversity.
在可选实施例中,DCI包括资源块分配域,资源块分配域包括一个位图,位图用于指示分配的至少一个RBG,一个RBG由Q个连续的LVRB组成,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a resource block allocation field, the resource block allocation field includes a bitmap, the bitmap is used to indicate the allocated at least one RBG, and one RBG is composed of Q consecutive LVRBs, where Q is greater than P The integer, P = 1, 2, 3 or 4.
在可选实施例中,DCI包括资源块分配域,资源块分配域用于指示分配的LVRB,LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,RBG子集是Q个RBG子集中的一个,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a resource block allocation field, the resource block allocation field is used to indicate the allocated LVRB, the LVRB is located in one RBG subset, and the RBG subset is one of the Q RBG subsets, where Q is greater than P The integer, P = 1, 2, 3 or 4.
在可选实施例中,DCI包括资源块分配域,资源块分配域用于指示两个资源块集,各个资源块集包括一个或多个连续的RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,其中,P=1、2、3或者4。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a resource block allocation field, where the resource block allocation field is used to indicate two resource block sets, each resource block set includes one or more consecutive RBGs, and one RBG is composed of P consecutive LVRBs. Where P = 1, 2, 3 or 4.
在可选实施例中,本发明实施例中的控制信息的传输装置还可以包括:In an optional embodiment, the apparatus for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
确定单元503,用于配置单元501配置DCI之前,确定可用传输带宽,可用传输带宽小于下行系统带宽。The determining
配置单元501,用于配置DCI包括资源块分配域,资源块分配域指示的资源块位于可用传输带宽内。
The
进一步可选的,DCI还包括资源分配方式标识域,资源分配方式标识域用于标识资源分配方式为连续资源块分配或者非连续资源块分配。Further, the DCI further includes a resource allocation mode identifier field, where the resource allocation mode identifier field is used to identify that the resource allocation mode is a continuous resource block allocation or a discontinuous resource block allocation.
在可选实施例中,DCI位于CSS或GSS,则配置单元501,还用于发送单元502向至少一个终端设备发送DCI之前,配置CSS和/或GSS,CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个控制信道单元CCE组成,GSS由下行控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整数。In an optional embodiment, the DCI is located in the CSS or the GSS, and the
进一步可选的,GSS和CSS连续分布,则GSS包含的CCE的编号为:Further, if the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, the number of the CCEs included in the GSS is:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量,NCCE,k为子帧k上的CCE的数量,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCE,k is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
进一步可选的,GSS是根据小区无线网络临时标识G-NRT1确定的,则GSS包含的CCE的编号为;Further optionally, the GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the number of the CCE included in the GSS is
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNT1≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙序号,nRNT1为G-NRT1值,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS, Y k = (A·Y k-1 ) mod D, Y -1 = n RNT1 ≠ 0, A = 39827, D = 65537, n s is the slot number of a radio frame, n RNT1 is the G-NRT1 value, and L is 4 or 8.
进一步可选的,配置单元501,用于配置第一子帧集,并在第一子帧集上配置GSS,其中,第一子帧集中的子帧满足(10×nf+nsbf-nOFFSET)modM=0,nf表示系统帧号,nsbf表示子帧号,nOFFSET表示偏移子帧号。Further, the
在图5所示的控制信息的传输装置中,配置单元501配置DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式,发送单元502向至少一个终端设备发送DCI,并向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH,可在SC-PTM传输中采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式。In the transmission apparatus of the control information shown in FIG. 5, the
请参见图6,图6为本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图,本发明实施例提供的网络设备可以用于实施上述图1所示的本发明各实施例实 现的方法,为了便于说明,仅示出了与本发明实施例相关的部分,具体技术细节未揭示的,请参照图1所示的本发明各实施例。Referring to FIG. 6, FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The network device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement the foregoing embodiments of the present invention shown in FIG. For the convenience of the description, only the parts related to the embodiments of the present invention are shown. For the specific technical details not disclosed, please refer to the embodiments of the present invention shown in FIG.
如图6所示,该网络设备包括:至少一个处理器601,例如CPU,至少一个发射器603,存储器604,至少一个通信总线602。其中,通信总线602用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。其中,发射器603可以结合图5所示的发送单元,具体的,发射器603可以为网络接口,可选的可以包括标准的有线接口、无线接口(如WI-FI接口),用于与外部网络进行通信。其中,存储器604可能包含高速RAM存储器,也可能还包括非不稳定的存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器。存储器604可选的可以包含至少一个位于远离前述处理器601的存储装置。处理器601可以结合图5所示的配置单元以及确定单元。存储器604中存储一组程序代码,且处理器601调用存储器604中存储的程序代码,用于执行以下操作:As shown in FIG. 6, the network device includes at least one
配置DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。The DCI is configured to schedule PDSCH transmission. The number of information bits of the DCI is the same as the number of information bits of the DCI format 1A, and the PDSCH transmission adopts a large delay cyclic delay diversity transmission mode and/or a discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
通过发射器603向至少一个终端设备发送DCI。The DCI is transmitted to the at least one terminal device through the
通过发射器603向至少一个终端设备发送PDSCH。The PDSCH is transmitted to the at least one terminal device through the
具体的,本发明实施例中介绍的网络设备可以用以实施本发明结合图1介绍的方法实施例中的部分或全部流程。Specifically, the network device introduced in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement some or all of the processes in the method embodiment introduced by the present invention in conjunction with FIG.
请参见图7,图7为本发明第二实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输装置的结构示意图,所述控制信息的传输装置可以用于实施结合图3所示的方法实施例中的部分或全部步骤,所述控制信息的传输装置至少可以包括接收单元701以及获取单元702,其中:Referring to FIG. 7, FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting control information according to a second embodiment of the present invention. The device for transmitting control information may be used to implement the method in the embodiment shown in FIG. In some or all of the steps, the transmission device of the control information may include at least a receiving
接收单元701,用于接收网络设备发送的DCI,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同。The receiving
获取单元702,用于从DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。The obtaining
接收单元701,还用于根据调度信息接收网络设备发送的PDSCH。
The receiving
在可选实施例中,DCI包括一个MCS域,则获取单元702,用于确定两个传输块所采用的MCS为MCS域的取值,其中,两个传输块采用相同的MCS。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes an MCS domain, and the obtaining
在可选实施例中,DCI包括第一MCS域和第二MCS域,则获取单元702,用于确定第一传输块所采用的MCS为第一MCS域的取值,第二传输块所采用的MCS为第二MCS域的取值。或者In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a first MCS domain and a second MCS domain, and the acquiring
获取单元702,用于确定第一传输块所采用的MCS为第一MCS域的取值,第二传输块所采用的MCS是通过第一MCS域的取值与第二MCS域的取值相加得到的,第二MCS域的信息比特数少于第一MCS域的信息比特数。The obtaining
在可选实施例中,本发明实施例中的控制信息的传输装置还可以包括:In an optional embodiment, the apparatus for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
确定单元703,用于在接收单元701根据调度信息接收网络设备发送的PDSCH之前,根据预设映射关系确定传输块到码字的映射。其中,所述预设映射关系为:The determining
当PDSCH采用两个传输块传输时,第一传输块对应码字0且第二传输块对应码字1,或者第二传输块对应码字0且第一传输块对应码字1。When the PDSCH is transmitted by two transport blocks, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the second transport block corresponds to codeword 1, or the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0 and the first transport block corresponds to codeword 1.
当PDSCH采用第一传输块传输时,第一传输块对应码字0。When the PDSCH is transmitted using the first transport block, the first transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
当PDSCH采用第二传输块传输时,第二传输块对应码字0。When the PDSCH is transmitted using the second transport block, the second transport block corresponds to codeword 0.
在可选实施例中,DCI包括传输块到码字交换标识域,则获取单元702,用于根据传输块到码字交换标识域确定传输块和码字的映射关系。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a transport block to a codeword exchange identifier field, and the obtaining
在可选实施例中,本发明实施例中的控制信息的传输装置还可以包括:In an optional embodiment, the apparatus for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
确定单元703,用于接收单元701根据调度信息接收网络设备发送的PDSCH之前,确定PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集,并确定PDSCH传输采用2根发射天线。The determining
在可选实施例中,DCI包括预编码信息域,则获取单元702,用于根据预编码信息域确定层数。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a precoding information field, and the obtaining
在可选实施例中,DCI包括传输方案标识域,则获取单元702,用于根据传输方案标识域确定PDSCH的传输方案为大时延循环延迟分集或者发射分集。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a transmission scheme identifier field, and the obtaining
在可选实施例中,DCI包括资源块分配域,资源块分配域包括一个位图,则获取单元702,用于根据位图确定分配的至少一个资源块组RBG,一个RBG
由Q个连续的LVRB组成,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a resource block allocation field, and the resource block allocation field includes a bitmap, and the acquiring
在可选实施例中,DCI包括资源块分配域,则获取单元702,用于根据资源块分配域确定分配的LVRB,LVRB位于一个RBG子集中,RBG子集是Q个RBG子集中的一个,其中,Q为大于P的整数,P=1、2、3或者4。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a resource block allocation field, and the obtaining
在可选实施例中,DCI包括资源块分配域,则获取单元702,用于根据资源块分配域确定两个资源块集,各个资源块集包括一个或多个连续的RBG,一个RBG由P个连续的LVRB组成,其中,P=1、2、3或者4。In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a resource block allocation field, and the obtaining
在可选实施例中,DCI包括资源块分配域,则本发明实施例中的控制信息的传输装置还可以包括:In an optional embodiment, the DCI includes a resource block allocation domain, and the apparatus for transmitting control information in the embodiment of the present invention may further include:
确定单元703,用于在获取单元702从DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息之前,确定可用传输带宽,可用传输带宽小于下行系统带宽。The determining
获取单元702,用于根据资源块分配域确定分配的至少一个资源块,分配的至少一个资源块位于可用传输带宽内。The obtaining
进一步可选的,DCI还包括资源分配方式标识域,则获取单元702,用于根据资源分配方式标识域确定资源分配方式为连续资源块分配或者非连续资源块分配。Further, optionally, the DCI further includes a resource allocation manner identifier field, and the obtaining
在可选实施例中,接收单元701,用于确定搜索空间,搜索空间为CSS和/或GSS,CSS由下行控制区域中的前16个CCE组成,GSS由下行控制区域中前16个CCE以外的N个CCE组成,N为大于1的正整数。In an optional embodiment, the receiving
接收单元701,还用于在搜索空间内获取DCI。The receiving
进一步可选的,GSS和CSS连续分布,则GSS包含的CCE的编号为:Further, if the GSS and the CSS are continuously distributed, the number of the CCEs included in the GSS is:
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选PDCCH的数量,为聚合级别为L时,CSS中候选PDCCH的数量,NCCEk为子帧k上的CCE的数量,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, The number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS when the aggregation level is L, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the CSS, N CCEk is the number of CCEs on the subframe k, and L is 4 or 8.
进一步可选的,GSS是根据小区无线网络临时标识G-NRT1确定的,则GSS包含的CCE的编号为;Further optionally, the GSS is determined according to the cell radio network temporary identifier G-NRT1, and the number of the CCE included in the GSS is
其中,i=0,…,L-1,为聚合级别为L时,GSS中候选 PDCCH的数量,Yk=(A·Yk-1)mod D,Y-1=nRNT1≠0,A=39827,D=65537,ns为一个无线帧的时隙序号,nRNT1为G-NRT1值,L为4或8。Where i=0,...,L-1, When the aggregation level is L, the number of candidate PDCCHs in the GSS, Y k = (A·Y k-1 ) mod D, Y -1 = n RNT1 ≠ 0, A = 39827, D = 65537, n s is the slot number of a radio frame, n RNT1 is the G-NRT1 value, and L is 4 or 8.
进一步可选的,接收单元701,用于在第一子帧集上检测GSS,其中,第一子帧集中的子帧满足(10×nf+nsbf-nOFFSET)modM=0,nf表示系统帧号,nsbf表示子帧号,nOFFSET表示偏移子帧号。Further, the receiving
在图7所示的控制信息的传输装置中,接收单元701接收网络设备发送的DCI,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,获取单元702从DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式,接收单元701根据调度信息接收网络设备发送的PDSCH,可采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式或者非连续资源块分配方式接收PDSCH。In the transmission device of the control information shown in FIG. 7, the receiving
请参见图8,图8为本发明实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图,本发明实施例提供的终端设备可以用于实施上述图3所示的本发明各实施例实现的方法,为了便于说明,仅示出了与本发明实施例相关的部分,具体技术细节未揭示的,请参照图3所示的本发明各实施例。Referring to FIG. 8, FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement the method implemented in the foregoing embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. For ease of description, only parts related to the embodiments of the present invention are shown. Without specific details, please refer to the embodiments of the present invention shown in FIG.
如图8所示,该终端设备包括:至少一个处理器801,例如CPU,至少一个接收器803,存储器804,至少一个通信总线802。其中,通信总线802用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。其中,接收器803可以结合图7所示的接收单元,具体的,接收器803可以为网络接口,可选的可以包括标准的有线接口、无线接口(如WI-FI接口),用于与外部网络进行通信。其中,存储器804可能包含高速RAM存储器,也可能还包括非不稳定的存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器。存储器804可选的可以包含至少一个位于远离前述处理器801的存储装置。处理器801可以结合图7所示的获取单元以及确定单元。存储器804中存储一组程序代码,且处理器801调用存储器804中存储的程序代码,用于执行以下操作:As shown in FIG. 8, the terminal device includes at least one
通过接收器803接收网络设备发送的DCI,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同。The DCI transmitted by the network device is received by the
从DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息,PDSCH传输采用大时延循 环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。Obtain scheduling information for PDSCH transmission from DCI, and PDSCH transmission adopts large delay Ring delay diversity transmission mode and/or discontinuous resource block allocation mode.
根据调度信息通过接收器803接收网络设备发送的PDSCH。The PDSCH transmitted by the network device is received by the
具体的,本发明实施例中介绍的终端设备可以用以实施本发明结合图3介绍的方法实施例中的部分或全部流程。Specifically, the terminal device introduced in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement some or all of the processes in the method embodiment introduced by the present invention in conjunction with FIG.
请参见图9,图9是本发明实施例中提供的一种控制信息的传输系统的结构示意图,如图所示本发明实施例中的控制信息的传输系统至少可以包括网络设备901和终端设备902,网络设备901可以结合图5所示的控制信息的传输装置,终端设备902可以结合图7所示的控制信息的传输装置,其中:Referring to FIG. 9, FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a transmission system for controlling information according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, a transmission system for control information in an embodiment of the present invention may include at least a
网络设备901,用于配置DCI,DCI用于调度PDSCH传输,DCI的信息比特数与DCI format 1A的信息比特数相同,PDSCH传输采用大时延循环延迟分集传输模式和/或非连续资源块分配方式。The
网络设备,还用于向至少一个终端设备902发送DCI。The network device is further configured to send the DCI to the at least one
终端设备902,用于从DCI中获取用于PDSCH传输的调度信息。The
终端设备902,还用于根据调度信息接收网络设备901发送的PDSCH。The
具体的,本发明实施例中介绍的控制信息的传输系统可以用以实施本发明结合图1以及图3介绍的方法实施例中的部分或全部流程。Specifically, the transmission system of the control information introduced in the embodiment of the present invention may be used to implement some or all of the processes in the method embodiments introduced in conjunction with FIG. 1 and FIG.
在本说明书的描述中,参考术语“一个实施例”、“一些实施例”、“示例”、“具体示例”、或“一些示例”等的描述意指结合该实施例或示例描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点包含于本发明的至少一个实施例或示例中。在本说明书中,对上述术语的示意性表述不是必须针对相同的实施例或示例。而且,描述的具体特征、结构、材料或者特点可以在任一个或多个实施例或示例中以合适的方式结合。此外,在不相互矛盾的情况下,本领域的技术人员可以将本说明书中描述的不同实施例或示例以及不同实施例或示例的特征进行结合和组合。In the description of the present specification, the description with reference to the terms "one embodiment", "some embodiments", "example", "specific example", or "some examples" and the like means a specific feature described in connection with the embodiment or example. A structure, material or feature is included in at least one embodiment or example of the invention. In the present specification, the schematic representation of the above terms is not necessarily directed to the same embodiment or example. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, materials, or characteristics described may be combined in a suitable manner in any one or more embodiments or examples. In addition, various embodiments or examples described in the specification, as well as features of various embodiments or examples, may be combined and combined.
此外,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括至少一个该特征。在本发明的描述中,“多个”的含义是至少两个,例如两个,三个等,除非另有明确具体的限定。 Moreover, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and are not to be construed as indicating or implying a relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of technical features indicated. Thus, features defining "first" or "second" may include at least one of the features, either explicitly or implicitly. In the description of the present invention, the meaning of "a plurality" is at least two, such as two, three, etc., unless specifically defined otherwise.
流程图中或在此以其他方式描述的任何过程或方法描述可以被理解为,表示包括一个或多个用于实现特定逻辑功能或过程的步骤的可执行指令的代码的模块、片段或部分,并且本发明的优选实施方式的范围包括另外的实现,其中可以不按所示出或讨论的顺序,包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序,来执行功能,这应被本发明的实施例所属技术领域的技术人员所理解。Any process or method description in the flowcharts or otherwise described herein may be understood to represent a module, segment or portion of code comprising one or more executable instructions for implementing the steps of a particular logical function or process. And the scope of the preferred embodiments of the invention includes additional implementations, in which the functions may be performed in a substantially simultaneous manner or in the reverse order, depending on the order in which they are illustrated, which should be It will be understood by those skilled in the art to which the embodiments of the present invention pertain.
在流程图中表示或在此以其他方式描述的逻辑和/或步骤,例如,可以被认为是用于实现逻辑功能的可执行指令的程序列表,可以具体实现在任何计算机可读介质中,以供指令执行系统、装置或设备(如基于计算机的系统、包括处理器的系统或其他可以从指令执行系统、装置或设备取指令并执行指令的系统)使用,或结合这些指令执行系统、装置或设备而使用。就本说明书而言,"计算机可读介质"可以是任何可以包含、存储、通信、传播或传输程序以供指令执行系统、装置或设备或结合这些指令执行系统、装置或设备而使用的装置。计算机可读介质的更具体的示例(非穷尽性列表)包括以下:具有一个或多个布线的电连接部(电子装置),便携式计算机盘盒(磁装置),随机存取存储器(RAM),只读存储器(ROM),可擦除可编辑只读存储器(EPROM或闪速存储器),光纤装置,以及便携式光盘只读存储器(CDROM)。另外,计算机可读介质甚至可以是可在其上打印所述程序的纸或其他合适的介质,因为可以例如通过对纸或其他介质进行光学扫描,接着进行编辑、解译或必要时以其他合适方式进行处理来以电子方式获得所述程序,然后将其存储在计算机存储器中。The logic and/or steps represented in the flowchart or otherwise described herein, for example, a list of programs that can be considered as executable instructions for implementing logical functions, can be embodied in any computer readable medium, Used by, or in conjunction with, an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device (such as a computer-based system, a system including a processor, or other system that can fetch instructions and execute instructions from an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device) Used for equipment. For the purposes of this specification, a "computer-readable medium" can be any apparatus that can contain, store, communicate, propagate, or transport a program for use in an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device, or in conjunction with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. More specific examples (non-exhaustive list) of computer readable media include the following: electrical connections (electronic devices) having one or more wires, portable computer disk cartridges (magnetic devices), random access memory (RAM), Read only memory (ROM), erasable editable read only memory (EPROM or flash memory), fiber optic devices, and portable compact disk read only memory (CDROM). In addition, the computer readable medium may even be a paper or other suitable medium on which the program can be printed, as it may be optically scanned, for example by paper or other medium, followed by editing, interpretation or, if appropriate, other suitable The method is processed to obtain the program electronically and then stored in computer memory.
应当理解,本发明的各部分可以用硬件、软件、固件或它们的组合来实现。在上述实施方式中,多个步骤或方法可以用存储在存储器中且由合适的指令执行系统执行的软件或固件来实现。例如,如果用硬件来实现,和在另一实施方式中一样,可用本领域公知的下列技术中的任一项或他们的组合来实现:具有用于对数据信号实现逻辑功能的逻辑门电路的离散逻辑电路,具有合适的组合逻辑门电路的专用集成电路,可编程门阵列(PGA),现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)等。It should be understood that portions of the invention may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware or a combination thereof. In the above-described embodiments, multiple steps or methods may be implemented in software or firmware stored in a memory and executed by a suitable instruction execution system. For example, if implemented in hardware, as in another embodiment, it can be implemented by any one or combination of the following techniques well known in the art: having logic gates for implementing logic functions on data signals. Discrete logic circuits, application specific integrated circuits with suitable combinational logic gates, programmable gate arrays (PGAs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), etc.
本技术领域的普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法携带的全部或 部分步骤是可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件完成,所述的程序可以存储于一种计算机可读存储介质中,该程序在执行时,包括方法实施例的步骤之一或其组合。One of ordinary skill in the art can understand all or all of the methods carried by the above embodiments. Some of the steps may be performed by a program to instruct related hardware, and the program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, which, when executed, includes one or a combination of the steps of the method embodiments.
此外,在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理模块中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。所述集成的模块如果以软件功能模块的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,也可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing module, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. The integrated modules, if implemented in the form of software functional modules and sold or used as stand-alone products, may also be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
上述提到的存储介质可以是只读存储器,磁盘或光盘等。尽管上面已经示出和描述了本发明的实施例,可以理解的是,上述实施例是示例性的,不能理解为对本发明的限制,本领域的普通技术人员在本发明的范围内可以对上述实施例进行变化、修改、替换和变型。 The above mentioned storage medium may be a read only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk or the like. Although the embodiments of the present invention have been shown and described, it is understood that the above-described embodiments are illustrative and are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. The embodiments are subject to variations, modifications, substitutions and variations.
Claims (71)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201580083138.5A CN108029109A (en) | 2015-09-16 | 2015-09-16 | A kind of transmission method of control information, device and system |
| PCT/CN2015/089813 WO2017045180A1 (en) | 2015-09-16 | 2015-09-16 | Method, apparatus and system for transmitting control information |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2015/089813 WO2017045180A1 (en) | 2015-09-16 | 2015-09-16 | Method, apparatus and system for transmitting control information |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2017045180A1 true WO2017045180A1 (en) | 2017-03-23 |
Family
ID=58288007
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2015/089813 Ceased WO2017045180A1 (en) | 2015-09-16 | 2015-09-16 | Method, apparatus and system for transmitting control information |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN108029109A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2017045180A1 (en) |
Cited By (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN106982464A (en) * | 2017-04-18 | 2017-07-25 | 国家新闻出版广电总局广播科学研究院 | A kind of transmission method of Downlink Control Information |
| CN110493874A (en) * | 2017-11-02 | 2019-11-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | A communication method and device |
| CN110731109A (en) * | 2017-09-13 | 2020-01-24 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Resource indication method, equipment and computer storage medium |
| CN112583558A (en) * | 2019-09-30 | 2021-03-30 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Resource allocation method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
| US20210321414A1 (en) * | 2018-09-07 | 2021-10-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Data communication method and device using multiple mcs in wireless communication system |
| CN115280868A (en) * | 2020-03-12 | 2022-11-01 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
| WO2023010585A1 (en) * | 2021-08-06 | 2023-02-09 | Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. | Configuration and interpretation of control information for retransmission |
| WO2023060383A1 (en) * | 2021-10-11 | 2023-04-20 | Zte Corporation | Methods, devices, and systems for transmitting multiple transport blocks |
Families Citing this family (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2020029280A1 (en) * | 2018-08-10 | 2020-02-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data scheduling method and communication device |
| EP3837879A4 (en) * | 2018-08-13 | 2022-03-30 | Nokia Technologies Oy | DEVICE, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM |
| CN114980201B (en) * | 2019-05-09 | 2025-09-02 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Downlink control information sending method, device and readable storage medium |
| CN116156436B (en) * | 2020-08-06 | 2025-07-22 | 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 | Information communication, receiving, configuration and sending methods, resource configuration method and equipment |
| WO2022073158A1 (en) * | 2020-10-07 | 2022-04-14 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Unicast coordination for spatial division multiplexing communications |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102843209A (en) * | 2011-06-22 | 2012-12-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device of transmission control signaling |
| CN103188799A (en) * | 2011-12-29 | 2013-07-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Sending method, detecting method and detecting device of control signaling |
| WO2014017867A1 (en) * | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for receiving downlink signal in wireless communication system |
| CN103795513A (en) * | 2012-10-31 | 2014-05-14 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Downlink control information configuration method, downlink control information acquisition method, base station and terminal |
Family Cites Families (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN104349491A (en) * | 2013-08-08 | 2015-02-11 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | PESCH (physical downlink shared channel) transmission method, system and network side equipment |
-
2015
- 2015-09-16 CN CN201580083138.5A patent/CN108029109A/en active Pending
- 2015-09-16 WO PCT/CN2015/089813 patent/WO2017045180A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102843209A (en) * | 2011-06-22 | 2012-12-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | Method and device of transmission control signaling |
| CN103188799A (en) * | 2011-12-29 | 2013-07-03 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Sending method, detecting method and detecting device of control signaling |
| WO2014017867A1 (en) * | 2012-07-27 | 2014-01-30 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method and apparatus for receiving downlink signal in wireless communication system |
| CN103795513A (en) * | 2012-10-31 | 2014-05-14 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Downlink control information configuration method, downlink control information acquisition method, base station and terminal |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
| Title |
|---|
| ETRI: "DCI format ambiguity in the overlapping region of common and UE-specific search spaces in cross-carrier scheduling", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #61BIS, R1-103880, 2 July 2010 (2010-07-02), XP050449278 * |
| SAMSUNG: "DL transmission modes for Rel-10", 3GPPTSG RAN WG1 #61BIS, R1-103670, 2 July 2010 (2010-07-02), XP050449119 * |
Cited By (12)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN106982464A (en) * | 2017-04-18 | 2017-07-25 | 国家新闻出版广电总局广播科学研究院 | A kind of transmission method of Downlink Control Information |
| CN110731109A (en) * | 2017-09-13 | 2020-01-24 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Resource indication method, equipment and computer storage medium |
| CN110731109B (en) * | 2017-09-13 | 2023-03-28 | Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 | Resource indication method, equipment and computer storage medium |
| CN110493874A (en) * | 2017-11-02 | 2019-11-22 | 华为技术有限公司 | A communication method and device |
| US11330579B2 (en) | 2017-11-02 | 2022-05-10 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for uplink carrier indication |
| US20210321414A1 (en) * | 2018-09-07 | 2021-10-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Data communication method and device using multiple mcs in wireless communication system |
| US12120713B2 (en) * | 2018-09-07 | 2024-10-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Data communication method and device using multiple MCS in wireless communication system |
| CN112583558A (en) * | 2019-09-30 | 2021-03-30 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Resource allocation method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
| CN112583558B (en) * | 2019-09-30 | 2023-06-09 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Resource allocation method, terminal equipment and network equipment |
| CN115280868A (en) * | 2020-03-12 | 2022-11-01 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method and device |
| WO2023010585A1 (en) * | 2021-08-06 | 2023-02-09 | Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. | Configuration and interpretation of control information for retransmission |
| WO2023060383A1 (en) * | 2021-10-11 | 2023-04-20 | Zte Corporation | Methods, devices, and systems for transmitting multiple transport blocks |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN108029109A (en) | 2018-05-11 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12206623B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for reporting channel state information | |
| US12075425B2 (en) | Method and device for transmitting/receiving uplink control information in wireless communication system | |
| WO2017045180A1 (en) | Method, apparatus and system for transmitting control information | |
| USRE48742E1 (en) | Systems and methods for transmitting data information messages on a downlink of a wireless communication system | |
| US10264564B2 (en) | System and method for resource allocation for massive carrier aggregation | |
| US9955465B2 (en) | Downlink control information (DCI) design for LTE devices | |
| CN102648593B (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a signal in a wireless communication system that supports plural component carriers | |
| EP2847903B1 (en) | Downlink control indication for a stand-alone new carrier type (nct) | |
| CN104303446B (en) | The method and apparatus that hybrid automatic repeat-request (HARQ) for carrier aggregation (CA) maps | |
| US10306610B2 (en) | Method for receiving control information in wireless communication system and apparatus therefor | |
| US10104647B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving control information in wireless communication system | |
| US10356695B2 (en) | Method and user equipment for receiving system information, and method and base station for transmitting system information | |
| US10264571B2 (en) | Uplink control information reception method and user equipment, and downlink control information transmission method and base station | |
| US20140044085A1 (en) | Apparatus and method for transmitting resource allocation information | |
| AU2017203569A1 (en) | Blind decoding for an enhanced physical downlink control channel (epdcch) | |
| CN108353313A (en) | User terminal, wireless base station and wireless communications method | |
| US20230007504A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for selection of radio link monitoring reference resource in network cooperative communications | |
| US20220408468A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting data in network cooperative communications | |
| WO2021254344A1 (en) | Method of performing feedback transmission for multicast or broadcast service and related device | |
| CN106134242B (en) | Method for receiving data and device using the method | |
| US12074822B2 (en) | Method and apparatus for reporting channel state information through repeated uplink data transmission in network cooperative communication | |
| WO2021136152A1 (en) | Physical channel transmission method, apparatus, and node, and storage medium | |
| WO2017024565A1 (en) | Data transmission method, device, and system | |
| EP4154456A1 (en) | Scheduling multiple transport blocks each over multiple slots using single downlink control information (dci) | |
| US20240188095A1 (en) | Method and apparatus of repetition scheme for downlink data channel in communication systems |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 15903870 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 15903870 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |